Deprecated: The each() function is deprecated. This message will be suppressed on further calls in /home/zhenxiangba/zhenxiangba.com/public_html/phproxy-improved-master/index.php on line 456
JP6977919B2 - Pachinko machine - Google Patents
[go: Go Back, main page]

JP6977919B2 - Pachinko machine - Google Patents

Pachinko machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP6977919B2
JP6977919B2 JP2019121864A JP2019121864A JP6977919B2 JP 6977919 B2 JP6977919 B2 JP 6977919B2 JP 2019121864 A JP2019121864 A JP 2019121864A JP 2019121864 A JP2019121864 A JP 2019121864A JP 6977919 B2 JP6977919 B2 JP 6977919B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
game ball
ball
passage
state
distribution
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2019121864A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2019155181A (en
Inventor
和則 久保
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sanyo Bussan Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Sanyo Bussan Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2017091761A external-priority patent/JP6742271B2/en
Application filed by Sanyo Bussan Co Ltd filed Critical Sanyo Bussan Co Ltd
Priority to JP2019121864A priority Critical patent/JP6977919B2/en
Publication of JP2019155181A publication Critical patent/JP2019155181A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP6977919B2 publication Critical patent/JP6977919B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Pinball Game Machines (AREA)

Description

この発明は、パチンコ機等の遊技機に関する。 The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

従来、例えばパチンコ機などに代表される遊技機としては、遊技盤に備えられた賞装置内にVゾーンと呼ばれる特定領域Vゾーン以外の非特定領域とを備えた遊技機がある例えば、特許文献1参照)。 Conventionally, as a gaming machine typified by a pachinko machine, in input Prize device provided on the game board, there is a gaming machine and a non-specific area other than the specific region and the V-zone called V-zone ( For example, see Patent Document 1).

特開2006−34728号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-34728

しかしながら、このような構成を有する従来例の場合には、次のような問題がある。 However, in the case of the conventional example having such a configuration, there are the following problems.

すなわち、従来のパチンコ機では、賞装置内での遊技球の動きが制限されるという問題がある。 That is, in the conventional pachinko machine, there is a problem that the movement of the game balls in input award the device is limited.

本発明は、このような事情に鑑みてなされたものであって、賞装置内での遊技球の動きが制限され難い遊技機を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention was made in view of such circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a hard game machine motion game ball is limited in input award the device.

この発明は、このような目的を達成するために、次のような構成をとる。 In order to achieve such an object, the present invention has the following configuration.

すなわち、請求項1に記載の発明は、
遊技球が打ち込まれる遊技領域を形成する遊技盤を備えた遊技機において、
前記遊技盤は、遊技球が入球可能な入球手段と、遊技球が入球し易い状態と遊技球が入球し難い状態とに変化する入賞装置とが、前記遊技領域の所定箇所にそれぞれ配設され、
前記入賞装置は、
入球した遊技球の挙動を遊技者に視認させるための内部空間を有する本体部材と、
前記本体部材の所定箇所に設けられた入球部と、
前記本体部材の内部空間に設けられ、前記入球部からの遊技球を振り分けて出力する振り分け手段と、
前記本体部材の内部空間に設けられ、前記振り分け手段で振り分けられた遊技球の入球が可能で、且つ、遊技球の入球することにより遊技者にとって有利な遊技状態の発生の契機となる特定入球部と、
前記本体部材の内部空間に設けられ、前記特定入球部以外の入球部であって前記振り分け手段で振り分けられた遊技球が入球可能な非特定入球部と、
を備え、
前記振り分け手段は、
前記入球部からの遊技球を通過させて前記特定入球部または前記非特定入球部に排出するための第1通路と、
前記第1通路よりも前記特定入球部に入り難く排出するための第2通路と、
前記第1通路の端部に連通された連通部と、
前記連通部に設けられた部材であって、当該部材の所定面に遊技球を接触させることが可能であり少なくとも前記部材の前記所定面を遊技球の進行方向に対して交差する交差箇所に位置することで前記第1通路の所定箇所への遊技球の供給を止める止め状態となり、且つ、前記部材の前記所定面に遊技球を接触させないで通過させることが可能であり少なくとも前記部材の前記所定面を前記交差箇所から遊技球の進行方向に対して交差する方向に退避した退避箇所に位置することで前記第1通路の所定箇所への遊技球の供給を可能とする止め解除状態となる退避部材と、
を備え、
前記遊技機は、前記退避部材が止め解除状態時には前記第1通路に遊技球を案内し、前記退避部材が止め状態時には前記第2通路に遊技球を案内し、前記退避部材は、前記入賞装置が遊技球を入球し難い状態である通常時には前記連通部において止め状態となっている
ことを特徴とするものである。
That is, the invention according to claim 1 is
In a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board that forms a gaming area in which a gaming ball is driven.
The game board has a playing ball ball entrance capable ball entrance means, and playing ball winning device ball entrance easy status and game balls you change into a state hardly ball entrance is a predetermined portion of the gaming area Arranged in each
The winning device is
A main body member having an internal space for allowing the player to visually recognize the behavior of the game ball that has entered the ball,
A ball entry portion provided at a predetermined position of the main body member and
A distribution means provided in the internal space of the main body member to distribute and output a game ball from the ball entry portion.
A specific specification provided in the internal space of the main body member, in which a game ball distributed by the distribution means can be entered, and the entry of the game ball triggers the generation of a gaming state advantageous to the player. The entry part and
A non-specific ball entry section provided in the internal space of the main body member, which is a ball entry section other than the specific ball entry section and in which a game ball distributed by the distribution means can enter.
Equipped with
The sorting means is
A first passage for passing a game ball from the ball entry section and discharging the game ball to the specific entry section or the non-specific entry section.
A second passage for discharging the specific ball entry portion more difficultly than the first passage,
A communication portion communicated with the end of the first passage and a communication portion
A member provided in the communication portion, the game ball can be brought into contact with a predetermined surface of the member, and at least the predetermined surface of the member is located at an intersection where the predetermined surface of the member intersects with the traveling direction of the game ball. By doing so, the supply of the game ball to the predetermined portion of the first passage is stopped, and the game ball can be passed through the predetermined surface of the member without contacting the predetermined surface of the member. By locating the surface at the evacuation point where the surface is retracted from the intersection in the direction intersecting the traveling direction of the game ball, the evacuation state is set so that the game ball can be supplied to the predetermined location of the first passage. Members and
Equipped with
The gaming machine guides the game ball to the first passage when the retracting member is in the stopped state, guides the game ball to the second passage when the retracting member is stopped, and the retracting member is the winning device. Is characterized in that, in a normal state where it is difficult to enter a game ball, the communication portion is in a stopped state.

この発明に係る遊技機によれば、入賞装置内の遊技球の動きが制限され難い。 According to the gaming machine according to the present invention, it is difficult to limit the movement of the gaming ball in the winning device.

本発明の実施例のパチンコ機の概略正面図である。It is a schematic front view of the pachinko machine of the Example of this invention. 実施例の遊技盤の正面図である。It is a front view of the game board of an Example. 実施例のパチンコ機の電気的接続を例示するブロック図である。It is a block diagram which illustrates the electrical connection of the pachinko machine of an Example. 一対の羽根が閉状態の場合の遊技ユニットを前方右上から見た斜視図である。It is a perspective view which looked at the game unit in the closed state of a pair of blades from the front upper right. 一対の羽根が開状態の場合の遊技ユニットを前方右上から見た斜視図である。It is a perspective view which looked at the game unit from the front upper right when the pair of blades was in an open state. 入賞装置の羽根が閉状態の場合での遊技ユニットの正面図である。It is a front view of the game unit in the case where the blade of a winning device is closed. 正面右上から見た入賞装置の概略分解斜視図である。It is a schematic exploded perspective view of the winning device seen from the upper right of the front. 正面右上から見た入賞装置の詳細分解斜視図である。It is a detailed exploded perspective view of the winning device seen from the upper right of the front. 裏面左上から見た入賞装置の詳細分解斜視図である。It is a detailed exploded perspective view of the winning device seen from the upper left of the back surface. 開閉入球部からの遊技球が第1振り分け部材へ案内される様子を示す入賞装置の内部を正面右上から見た一部破断分解斜視図である。It is a partially broken disassembled perspective view of the inside of the winning device which shows how the game ball from the opening / closing entry portion is guided to the first sorting member from the upper right of the front. 開閉入球部からの遊技球が別通路を通ってステージへ案内される様子を示す入賞装置の内部を正面右上から見た一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view of the inside of the winning device as seen from the front upper right, showing how the game ball from the opening / closing entry portion is guided to the stage through another passage. 開閉入球部からの遊技球が導入通路部を通って第1振り分け部材へ案内される様子を示す図であって図6のA−A線断面図である。It is a figure which shows the mode that the game ball from the opening / closing entry part is guided to the 1st distribution member through the introduction passage part, and is the cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG. 開閉入球部からの遊技球が導入通路部を通って第1振り分け部材へ案内される様子を示す図であって図6のB−B線断面図である。It is a figure which shows the mode that the game ball from the opening / closing entry part is guided to the 1st distribution member through the introduction passage part, and is the cross-sectional view taken along the line BB of FIG. 図13での第1振り分け部材を除いた図である。It is a figure which excludes the 1st sorting member in FIG. (a)は第1振り分け部材の平面図、(b)は第2振り分け部材の平面図、(c)は第1振り分け部材と第2振り分け部材との位置関係を説明するための平面図である。(A) is a plan view of the first sorting member, (b) is a plan view of the second sorting member, and (c) is a plan view for explaining the positional relationship between the first sorting member and the second sorting member. .. 入賞装置のステージの平面図である。It is a top view of the stage of a winning device. (a)はステージの山部が一方側に位置するときの入賞装置の縦断面図であり、(b)は、(a)での遊技球の流れを説明するための図である。(A) is a vertical cross-sectional view of the winning device when the mountain portion of the stage is located on one side, and (b) is a diagram for explaining the flow of the game ball in (a). (a)はステージの山部が他方側に位置するときの入賞装置の縦断面図であり、(b)は(a)での遊技球の流れを説明するための図である。(A) is a vertical cross-sectional view of the winning device when the mountain portion of the stage is located on the other side, and (b) is a diagram for explaining the flow of the game ball in (a). 入賞装置内を平面視したときの第2振り分け部材の左右方向の揺動動作を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the swing operation in the left-right direction of the 2nd sorting member when the inside of a prize-winning apparatus is viewed in a plane. (a)〜(c)は、第2振り分け部材が最大左側振り位置から中央位置までの揺動変移を示す平面図である。(A) to (c) are plan views showing the swing transition from the maximum left swing position to the center position of the second sorting member. (a),(b)は、図20(c)に続いて第2振り分け部材が最大右側振り位置までの揺動変移を示す平面図である。(A) and (b) are plan views showing the swing transition of the second sorting member to the maximum right swing position following FIG. 20 (c). (a)は最大左側振り位置の第2振り分け部材とその駆動機構部を示す平面図であり、(b)はそれとは逆に最大右側振り位置での図である。(A) is a plan view showing the second sorting member at the maximum left swing position and its drive mechanism portion, and (b) is a view at the maximum right swing position on the contrary. (a)は第2振り分け部材が水平姿勢状態のときの入賞装置を右側から見た縦断面図であり、(b)は第2振り分け部材が上向き姿勢状態のときの縦断面図である。(A) is a vertical cross-sectional view of the winning device when the second sorting member is in the horizontal posture state, and (b) is a vertical cross-sectional view of the winning device when the second sorting member is in the upward posture state. 第2振り分け部材の上下方向の揺動動作を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the swinging motion in the vertical direction of the 2nd sorting member. (a)は第2振り分け部材が図19の各三状態の間の中間状態のときの図であり、(b)はその(a)での一点鎖線で示す第2振り分け部材240が上向き姿勢状態であることを示す縦断面図である。(A) is a diagram when the second distribution member is in an intermediate state between each of the three states of FIG. 19, and (b) is a state in which the second distribution member 240 indicated by the alternate long and short dash line in (a) is in an upward posture state. It is a vertical sectional view which shows that. (a),(b)は左上向き状態の第2振り分け部材の側面図および平面図であり、(c),(d)は右上向き状態の第2振り分け部材の側面図および平面図である。(A) and (b) are side views and plan views of the second sorting member in the upper left facing state, and (c) and (d) are side views and plan views of the second sorting member in the upper right facing state. (a)〜(d)は、水平姿勢状態の第2振り分け部材の正面図、C−C線縦断面、平面図およびD−D線縦断面、(e)〜(f)は、上向き姿勢状態の平面図、E−E線縦断面および右側面図、(h),(i)は、水平姿勢状態の平面図、F−F線縦断面である。(A) to (d) are front views of the second sorting member in the horizontal posture state, CC line vertical cross section, plan view and DD line vertical cross section, and (e) to (f) are upward posture states. The plan view, the EE line vertical cross section and the right side view, (h) and (i) are the plan view in the horizontal posture state and the FF line vertical cross section. 背面側部材の前方右上から見た分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view seen from the front upper right of the back side member. 背面側部材の後方左上から見た分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view seen from the rear upper left of the back side member. ステージの底面側部材の分解斜視図である。It is an exploded perspective view of the bottom side member of a stage. (a)は止め解除状態の平面図、(b)はG−G線概略断面図、(c)は止め状態の平面図、(d)はH−H線概略断面図である。(A) is a plan view of the stopped state, (b) is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line GG, (c) is a plan view of the stopped state, and (d) is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line HH. 変形例のセンターフレームおよび入賞装置の正面図である。It is a front view of the center frame and a winning device of a modification.

本明細書は、次のような遊技機に係る発明も開示している。
従来、例えばパチンコ機などに代表される遊技機としては、遊技盤に備えられた始動口に遊技球が入球されることにより、当該始動口とは別位置に遊技盤に備えられた入賞装置の可動部が開き、遊技球が入賞装置内に入球可能となり、この入賞装置内に入球された遊技球を、Vゾーンと呼ばれる特定領域に導くかVゾーン以外の非特定領域に導くかを振り分ける振分装置を入賞装置の内部に備えた遊技機がある。この種の遊技機では、通常遊技状態において遊技球がVゾーンに導かれたときには、遊技者にとって有利な遊技状態(例えば大当たり状態)、例えば入賞装置の可動部を所定ラウンド数にわたって開状態とする大当たり状態に移行する。この振分装置によって、Vゾーンに導かれるか否かの遊技球の挙動に面白味を持たせることができ、遊技の興趣性向上が図られている(例えば、特開2006−34728号公報参照)。
しかしながら、このような構成を有する従来例の場合には、次のような問題がある。
すなわち、従来のパチンコ機では、例えば、前述の振分装置は、塞き止め状態では揺動排出通路への遊技球の供給を塞き止め且つその解除状態では揺動排出通路への遊技球の供給を可能とする可動式塞き止め部材を備えたものがあるが、入賞装置内に可動式塞き止め部材を設けると遊技球の動きが制限されるという問題がある。
下記(0)に係る発明は、このような事情に鑑みてなされたものであって、入賞装置内に止め部材を備えながらも当該入賞装置内の振分装置での遊技球の動きが制限され難い遊技機を提供することを目的とする。
(0) 遊技球が打ち込まれる遊技領域を形成する遊技盤を備えた遊技機において、
前記遊技盤は、遊技球が入球可能な入球手段と、遊技球が入球し易い状態となる入賞装置とが、前記遊技領域の所定箇所にそれぞれ配設され、
前記入賞装置は、
入球した遊技球の挙動を遊技者に視認させるための内部空間を有する本体部材と、
前記本体部材の所定箇所に設けられた入球部と、
前記本体部材の内部空間に設けられ、前記入球部からの遊技球を振り分けて出力する振り分け手段と、
前記本体部材の内部空間に設けられ、前記振り分け手段で振り分けられた遊技球の入球が可能で、且つ、遊技球の入球することにより遊技者にとって有利な遊技状態の発生の契機となる特定入球部と、
前記本体部材の内部空間に設けられ、前記特定入球部以外の入球部であって前記振り分け手段で振り分けられた遊技球が入球可能な非特定入球部と、
を備え、
前記振り分け手段は、
前記入球部からの遊技球を通路方向に揺動させて前記特定入球部または前記非特定入球部に排出する揺動排出通路と、
前記揺動排出通路の遊技球の入力端と段差無く連通された連通部と、
平面視の前記連通部での前記揺動排出通路からの遊技球の出入箇所以外の止め箇所に位置することで前記揺動排出通路への遊技球の供給を止める止め状態となり、且つ、前記出入箇所以外の箇所であって前記止め箇所から退避した退避箇所に位置することで前記揺動排出通路への遊技球の供給を可能とする止め解除状態となる止め部材と
を備えている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
前記(0)に記載の発明によれば、遊技機は、遊技球が打ち込まれる遊技領域を形成する遊技盤を備えている。この遊技盤は、遊技球が入球可能な入球手段と、この入球手段に遊技球が入球したことに基づいて遊技球の入球が可能となる入賞装置とが、遊技領域の所定箇所にそれぞれ配設されている。入賞装置は、本体部材と入球部と振り分け手段と特定入球部と非特定入球部とを備えている。本体部材は、入球した遊技球の挙動を遊技者に視認させるための内部空間を有するものである。入球部は、本体部材での所定箇所に設けられている。振り分け手段は、本体部材の内部空間に設けられ、入球部からの遊技球を振り分けて出力する。特定入球部は、本体部材の内部空間に設けられており、振り分け手段で振り分けられた遊技球の入球が可能であり、且つ、遊技球の入球することにより遊技者にとって有利な遊技状態の発生の契機となるものである。非特定入球部は、本体部材の内部空間に設けられており、特定入球部以外の入球部であって振り分け手段で振り分けられた遊技球が入球可能なものである。振り分け手段の揺動排出通路は、入球部からの遊技球を通路方向に揺動させて、特定入球部または非特定入球部に排出する。この揺動排出通路の遊技球の入力端には、段差無く連通部が連通されている。止め部材は、平面視の連通部での揺動排出通路からの遊技球の出入箇所以外の止め箇所に位置することで揺動排出通路への遊技球の供給を止める止め状態となるし、出入箇所以外の箇所であって止め箇所から退避した退避箇所に位置することで揺動排出通路への遊技球の供給を可能とする止め解除状態となる。
したがって、入球部から入賞装置内に入球した遊技球は、止め部材が止め解除状態のときに振り分け手段の揺動排出通路に供給されて、この揺動排出通路で揺動されることになるが、揺動排出通路の入力端に段差の無く連通された連通部まで行き来できるし、止め部材は止め状態および止め解除状態のいずれの状態においても揺動排出通路からの遊技球の出入箇所に存しないため、止め部材によって揺動幅が制限されることもない。その結果、入賞装置内の振り分け手段(例えば振分装置)での揺動排出通路の遊技球揺動幅を拡張できる遊技機を提供することができる。つまり、入賞装置内に止め部材(可動式塞き止め部材)を備えながらも当該入賞装置内の振分装置での揺動スペースを拡張できる。
The present specification also discloses the following inventions relating to gaming machines.
Conventionally, as a gaming machine typified by, for example, a pachinko machine, a winning device provided in the gaming board at a position different from the starting opening is provided by inserting the gaming ball into the starting opening provided in the gaming board. The movable part of the ball opens, and the game ball can enter the winning device, and whether the gaming ball entered in this winning device is guided to a specific area called the V zone or a non-specific area other than the V zone. There is a gaming machine equipped with a sorting device inside the winning device. In this type of gaming machine, when the gaming ball is guided to the V zone in the normal gaming state, the gaming state advantageous to the player (for example, the jackpot state), for example, the movable part of the winning device is opened for a predetermined number of rounds. Move to the jackpot state. With this sorting device, the behavior of the game ball whether or not it is guided to the V zone can be made interesting, and the fun of the game is improved (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-34728). ..
However, in the case of the conventional example having such a configuration, there are the following problems.
That is, in the conventional pachinko machine, for example, the above-mentioned distribution device blocks the supply of the game ball to the swing discharge passage in the blocked state, and blocks the supply of the game ball to the swing discharge passage in the released state. Some are provided with a movable blocking member that enables supply, but there is a problem that the movement of the game ball is restricted if the movable blocking member is provided in the winning device.
The invention according to the following (0) is made in view of such circumstances, and the movement of the game ball in the distribution device in the winning device is restricted even though the stopping member is provided in the winning device. The purpose is to provide a difficult gaming machine.
(0) In a gaming machine provided with a gaming board that forms a gaming area in which a gaming ball is driven.
In the game board, a ball entry means on which a game ball can enter and a winning device that makes it easy for the game ball to enter are arranged at predetermined positions in the game area.
The winning device is
A main body member having an internal space for allowing the player to visually recognize the behavior of the game ball that has entered the ball,
A ball entry portion provided at a predetermined position of the main body member and
A distribution means provided in the internal space of the main body member to distribute and output a game ball from the ball entry portion.
A specific specification provided in the internal space of the main body member, in which a game ball distributed by the distribution means can be entered, and the entry of the game ball triggers the generation of a gaming state advantageous to the player. The entry part and
A non-specific ball entry section provided in the internal space of the main body member, which is a ball entry section other than the specific ball entry section and in which a game ball distributed by the distribution means can enter.
Equipped with
The sorting means is
A swing discharge passage that swings the game ball from the ball entry portion in the direction of the passage and discharges the game ball to the specific entry portion or the non-specific entry portion.
A communication portion that communicates with the input end of the game ball in the swing discharge passage without a step,
By being located at a stop point other than the entry / exit point of the game ball from the swing discharge passage in the communication portion in the plan view, the supply of the game ball to the swing discharge passage is stopped, and the entry / exit state is reached. It is characterized by being provided with a stop member that is in a stop release state that enables the supply of the game ball to the swing discharge passage by being located at a place other than the place and at the evacuation point retracted from the stop point. A game machine.
According to the invention described in (0) above, the gaming machine includes a gaming board that forms a gaming area in which a gaming ball is driven. In this game board, a ball entry means capable of entering a game ball and a winning device capable of entering a game ball based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry means are defined in the game area. It is arranged in each place. The winning device includes a main body member, a ball entry unit, a sorting means, a specific ball entry unit, and a non-specific ball entry unit. The main body member has an internal space for allowing the player to visually recognize the behavior of the game ball that has entered the ball. The ball entry portion is provided at a predetermined position on the main body member. The sorting means is provided in the internal space of the main body member, and sorts and outputs the game ball from the ball entry portion. The specific ball entry portion is provided in the internal space of the main body member, and it is possible to enter the game ball distributed by the distribution means, and the game state is advantageous for the player by entering the game ball. It is an opportunity for the occurrence of. The non-specific ball entry section is provided in the internal space of the main body member, and is a ball entry section other than the specific ball entry section, and a game ball sorted by the sorting means can enter the ball. The swing discharge passage of the sorting means swings the game ball from the ball entry portion in the direction of the passage and discharges the game ball to the specific entry portion or the non-specific entry portion. A communication portion is communicated with the input end of the game ball in the swing discharge passage without a step. The stop member is located at a stop point other than the entry / exit point of the game ball from the swing discharge passage in the communication portion in the plan view, so that the supply of the game ball to the swing discharge passage is stopped and the entry / exit state is set. By being located at a place other than the place and at the evacuation place retracted from the stop place, the stop release state is set so that the game ball can be supplied to the swing discharge passage.
Therefore, the game ball that has entered the winning device from the ball entry portion is supplied to the swing discharge passage of the sorting means when the stop member is in the stop release state, and is swung in this swing discharge passage. However, it is possible to go back and forth to the communication part where the input end of the swing discharge passage is communicated without a step, and the stop member is the place where the game ball enters and exits from the swing discharge passage in both the stopped state and the stop release state. Since it does not exist in the above, the swing width is not limited by the stopping member. As a result, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of expanding the swing width of the game ball in the swing discharge passage in the sorting means (for example, the sorting device) in the winning device. That is, it is possible to expand the swing space in the distribution device in the winning device while providing the stopping member (movable blocking member) in the winning device.

(1)前記(0)に記載の遊技機において、
前記揺動排出通路は、前記特定入球部に入球し得るように排出する第1振分排出通路であり
前記振り分け手段は、前記第1振分排出通路よりも前記特定入球部に入り難く排出する第2振分排出通路を備え、
前記止め部材は、止め解除状態時には前記第1振分排出通路に、止め状態時には前記第2振分排出通路に遊技球を案内するものであり、
さらに、前記振り分け手段は、前記止め部材の止め状態または止め解除状態への状態変移に伴って一体駆動または連動する視認部材を備えている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(1) In the gaming machine according to (0) above,
The swing discharge passage is a first distribution discharge passage for discharging the ball so that the ball can enter the specific entry portion, and the distribution means enters the specific entry portion rather than the first distribution discharge passage. Equipped with a second distribution discharge passage that is difficult to discharge
The stop member guides the game ball to the first distribution discharge passage in the stop release state and to the second distribution discharge passage in the stop state.
Further, the sorting means is provided with a visual recognition member that is integrally driven or interlocked with the state change of the stopping member to the stopped state or the stopped state.

前記(1)に記載の発明によれば、振り分け手段の止め部材は、止め解除状態時には揺動排出通路である第1振分排出通路に、止め状態時には第2振分排出通路に遊技球を案内する。第1振分排出通路は、遊技球を特定入球部に入球し得るように出力する。第2振分排出通路は、遊技球を第1振分排出通路よりも特定入球部に入り難く出力する。視認部材は、止め部材の止め状態または止め解除状態への状態変移に伴って一体駆動または連動する。 According to the invention described in (1) above, the stopping member of the sorting means puts a game ball in the first distribution discharge passage, which is a swing discharge passage, in the stop release state, and in the second distribution discharge passage in the stop state. invite. The first distribution discharge passage outputs the game ball so that it can enter the specific ball entry section. The second distribution discharge passage outputs the game ball more difficultly to enter the specific entry portion than the first distribution discharge passage. The visual recognition member is integrally driven or interlocked with the state change of the stopping member to the stopped state or the stopped state.

したがって、視認部材は、止め部材の止め状態または止め解除状態への状態変移に伴って一体駆動または連動するので、遊技者は、視認部材の状態を見ることで、第1振分排出通路に遊技球が案内され得る状態(例えば、遊技者にとって有利な振り分け状態)であることが分かる。その結果、入賞装置内の振分装置での遊技球の有利な振り分けを遊技者に分かり易くした遊技機を提供することができる。 Therefore, since the visual recognition member is integrally driven or interlocked with the state change of the stop member to the stop state or the stop release state, the player can play the game in the first distribution discharge passage by observing the state of the visual recognition member. It can be seen that the ball can be guided (for example, a distribution state advantageous to the player). As a result, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the player can easily understand the advantageous distribution of the gaming balls by the distribution device in the winning device.

なお、揺動排出通路が正面手前側(遊技者にとって近い側)にある方がよく、揺動排出通路よりも手前側(遊技者にとって近い側)に視認部材が位置し、止め部材は揺動排出通路よりも奥側(遊技者にとって遠い側)に位置し、視認部材と止め部材とを一体駆動または連動することが好ましい。この場合には、揺動排出通路を揺動する遊技球で視認部材が隠れてしまうことがないため、視認部材が遊技球で見難くなることがない。また、止め部材が揺動排出通路よりも手前側(遊技者にとって近い側)に位置する場合では、その分だけ揺動排出通路が奥側に位置することになるため、揺動排出通路での遊技球の揺動の見易さに劣るが、揺動排出通路が止め部材はよりも手前側(遊技者にとって近い側)に位置しているため、遊技球の揺動が見易い状態で遊技者に提供できる。 It is better that the swing discharge passage is on the front side (closer to the player), the visual recognition member is located on the front side (closer to the player) than the swing discharge passage, and the stop member swings. It is preferable that the visual recognition member and the stop member are integrally driven or interlocked with each other, which is located on the back side (far side for the player) from the discharge passage. In this case, since the visual recognition member is not hidden by the game ball swinging in the swing discharge passage, the visual recognition member is not difficult to see in the game ball. Further, when the stop member is located on the front side (closer to the player) than the swing discharge passage, the swing discharge passage is located on the back side by that amount, so that the swing discharge passage is used. Although it is inferior in the visibility of the swing of the game ball, since the swing discharge passage is located on the front side (closer to the player) of the stop member, the player can easily see the swing of the game ball. Can be provided to.

(2)前記(1)に記載の遊技機において、
前記止め部材は、通常時には止め状態となっており、解除条件成立時の所定期間は止め解除状態となる
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(2) In the gaming machine described in (1) above,
A gaming machine characterized in that the stopping member is normally in a stopped state and is in a stopped release state for a predetermined period when the release condition is satisfied.

したがって、止め部材は、通常時には止め状態となっており、解除条件成立時の所定期間は止め解除状態となるので、通常時は、特定入球部に入り難く排出する第2振分排出通路が選択されており、仮に通常時に止め部材が故障しても第2振分排出通路を通って特定入球部に入り難く排出されるだけであり、止め部材の故障により遊技者に不当な利益(つまり、第2振分排出通路に比べて特定入球部に入り易い第1振分排出通路を通って遊技球が常時排出される不当な利益)が与えられることを低減できる。また、解除条件成立時の所定期間に止め部材が止め解除状態とならず、第1振分排出通路に振り分けられないことから、かかる止め部材の故障を発見できる。 Therefore, the stop member is normally in the stop state, and is in the stop release state for a predetermined period when the release condition is satisfied. It is selected, and even if the stop member fails during normal times, it will only be discharged easily through the second distribution discharge passage through the second distribution discharge passage, and it will be unreasonably beneficial to the player due to the failure of the stop member. That is, it is possible to reduce the provision of an unreasonable benefit that the game ball is constantly discharged through the first distribution discharge passage, which is easier to enter the specific entry portion than the second distribution discharge passage). Further, since the stop member is not in the stop release state during the predetermined period when the release condition is satisfied and is not distributed to the first distribution discharge passage, it is possible to detect the failure of the stop member.

(3)前記(1)または(2)に記載の遊技機において、
前記止め部材は、止め状態または止め解除状態のいずれの状態においても前記連通部の上方箇所が吹き抜かれた吹き抜け部を備えている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(3) In the gaming machine according to (1) or (2) above.
The pachinko machine is characterized in that the pachinko machine includes a stairwell portion in which an upper portion of the communication portion is blown out in either a stop state or a stop release state.

前記(3)に記載の発明によれば、止め部材の吹き抜け部は、止め状態または止め解除状態のいずれの状態においても連通部の上方箇所が吹き抜かれたものとしているので、連通部での揺動排出通路からの遊技球の出入箇所上に止め部材が位置することがなく、当該止め部材に遊技球が乗ったまま保持されるようなことがないし、連通部と止め部材との間に遊技球が挟まれるようなこともない。 According to the invention described in (3) above, the blown-out portion of the stopping member is assumed to have been blown out at the upper portion of the communicating portion in either the stopped state or the stopped-released state. The stop member is not located on the entry / exit point of the game ball from the moving / discharging passage, the game ball is not held while being on the stop member, and the game is played between the communication portion and the stop member. The ball will not be caught.

(4)前記(1)から(3)のいずれか一つに記載の遊技機において、
前記入賞装置は、前記入球部から入球した遊技球を前記連通部に導く導入通路部を備え、
前記振り分け手段とは別の経路であって前記入球部から入球された遊技球を前記導入通路部の途中箇所から前記特定入球部または前記非特定入球部の方に案内するまたは当該入賞装置の外部に排出する別案内通路と、
所定の別案内条件成立の場合に前記入球部からの遊技球を前記別案内通路に案内し、それ以外の場合に前記振り分け手段に案内するように切り替える案内切替手段と、
を備えている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(4) In the gaming machine according to any one of (1) to (3) above.
The winning device includes an introduction passage portion that guides a game ball entered from the entry portion to the communication portion.
A game ball that has been entered from the entry section by a route different from the distribution means is guided to the specific entry section or the non-specific entry section from an intermediate portion of the introduction passage portion, or the said. A separate guide passage that discharges to the outside of the winning device,
A guidance switching means for guiding the game ball from the ball entry portion to the separate guidance passage when a predetermined separate guidance condition is satisfied, and guiding the game ball to the distribution means in other cases.
A gaming machine characterized by being equipped with.

前記(4)に記載の発明によれば、入賞装置の導入通路部は、入球部から入球した遊技球を連通部に導く。別案内通路は、振り分け手段とは別の経路であって入球部から入球された遊技球を導入通路部の途中箇所から特定入球部または非特定入球部の方に案内するまたは入賞装置の外部に排出する。案内切替手段は、所定の別案内条件成立の場合に入球部からの遊技球を別案内通路に案内し、それ以外の場合に振り分け手段に案内するように切り替える。 According to the invention described in (4) above, the introduction passage portion of the winning device guides the game ball entered from the entry portion to the communication portion. The separate guidance passage is a route different from the sorting means, and guides the game ball entered from the entry passage to the specific entry section or the non-specific entry section from the middle part of the introduction passage section, or wins a prize. Discharge to the outside of the device. The guidance switching means switches to guide the game ball from the ball entry portion to the separate guidance passage when a predetermined separate guidance condition is satisfied, and to guide the game ball to the distribution means in other cases.

したがって、案内切替手段は、所定の別案内条件成立の場合、例えば、V継続タイプの遊技機での最終ラウンド期間や、ラウンド自動移行タイプの遊技機での各ラウンド期間において、入球部からの遊技球を別案内通路に案内するので、止め部材に遊技球が衝突することがなく、止め部材の耐用期間を延ばすことができる。 Therefore, when a predetermined different guidance condition is satisfied, the guidance switching means is used from the ball entry section, for example, in the final round period of the V continuation type gaming machine and each round period of the round automatic transition type gaming machine. Since the game ball is guided to another guide passage, the game ball does not collide with the stop member, and the useful life of the stop member can be extended.

また、案内切替手段は、所定の別案内条件成立の場合、例えば、V継続タイプの遊技機での最終ラウンド期間や、ラウンド自動移行タイプの遊技機での各ラウンド期間において、入球部からの遊技球を別案内通路に案内し、それ以外の場合、例えば、V継続タイプの遊技機での最終ラウンド以外の期間や、ラウンド自動移行タイプの遊技機での大当たり状態以外の状態である通常状態期間において、振り分け手段に案内するように切り替えるので、V継続タイプの遊技機での最終ラウンド期間やラウンド自動移行タイプの遊技機での各ラウンド期間における時間、つまり次ラウンド獲得に無関係にかかっている時間を低減でき、大当り演出の間延び感を低減でき、次の遊技に素早く移行でき、得られる利益が変わらないのに不必要に待たされる問題を解消できる。 Further, when a predetermined separate guidance condition is satisfied, the guidance switching means is provided from the ball entry section, for example, in the final round period of the V continuation type gaming machine and each round period of the round automatic transition type gaming machine. The game ball is guided to another guide passage, and in other cases, for example, a period other than the final round in the V continuation type gaming machine or a normal state other than the jackpot state in the round automatic transition type gaming machine. In the period, it is switched to guide to the distribution means, so it depends on the time in the final round period in the V continuation type gaming machine and each round period in the round automatic transition type gaming machine, that is, regardless of the acquisition of the next round. It is possible to reduce the time, reduce the feeling of delay in the jackpot production, quickly move to the next game, and solve the problem of waiting unnecessarily even though the profits obtained do not change.

また、ホール側(遊技場側)にとってみれば、次ラウンド獲得に無関係にかかっていた時間を低減でき、その低減した時間分、遊技機の実質的な稼働率を上げることができる。 Further, for the hall side (game hall side), the time taken regardless of the acquisition of the next round can be reduced, and the substantially operating rate of the gaming machine can be increased by the reduced time.

さらに、所定の別案内条件成立の場合、例えば、V継続タイプの遊技機での最終ラウンド期間や、ラウンド自動移行タイプの遊技機での全ラウンド期間では、遊技球は、振り分け手段とは別の経路の別案内通路を通じて、振り分け手段よりも速く特定入球部または非特定入球部の方に案内されるまたは入賞装置の外部に排出されるので、振り分け手段の動作停止に起因する遊技球の停留の問題も生じないし、残存球処理の発生を低減できる。つまり、V継続タイプの遊技機での最終ラウンド時や、ラウンド自動移行タイプの遊技機での全ラウンド時において、振り分け手段の動作を停止させるわけではないので、その停止状態の振り分け装置によって遊技球が入賞装置内に予期せぬ状態で停留してしまうことに起因する不本意な残存球処理の発生という問題を解消できる。 Further, when a predetermined separate guidance condition is satisfied, for example, in the final round period of the V continuation type gaming machine or the entire round period of the round automatic transition type gaming machine, the gaming ball is different from the sorting means. Through the separate guide passage of the route, the pachinko ball is guided toward the specific entry section or the non-specific entry section faster than the distribution means, or is discharged to the outside of the winning device. There is no problem of stagnation, and the occurrence of residual ball processing can be reduced. That is, the operation of the sorting means is not stopped at the final round of the V continuation type gaming machine or at the time of all rounds of the round automatic transition type gaming machine. It is possible to solve the problem of unintentional residual ball processing caused by the unexpected staying in the winning device.

その結果、入賞装置内への遊技球の入球から排出までの時間が次ラウンド獲得に無関係にかかることを低減でき、遊技機の稼働率を向上でき、且つ、残存球処理の発生を低減できる遊技機を提供することができる。 As a result, it is possible to reduce the time from the entry of the gaming ball into the winning device to the ejection of the gaming ball regardless of the acquisition of the next round, the operating rate of the gaming machine can be improved, and the occurrence of residual ball processing can be reduced. A gaming machine can be provided.

(5)前記(4)に記載の遊技機において、
前記揺動排出通路である前記第1振分排出通路は、前記第2振分排出通路よりも正面手前側に位置し、且つ、前記第2振分排出通路に比べて遊技球をゆっくり滞留させるものであり、
前記入賞装置は、前記振り分け手段で振り分けられた遊技球が移動可能で前記特定入球部または前記非特定入球部のいずれかに案内するステージ部を備え、
前記別案内通路は、前記入球部から入球された遊技球を前記振り分け手段よりも速く前記ステージ部に案内する
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(5) In the gaming machine according to (4) above,
The first distribution discharge passage, which is the swing discharge passage, is located on the front side in front of the second distribution discharge passage, and allows the game ball to stay more slowly than the second distribution discharge passage. It is a thing
The winning device includes a stage unit in which a game ball distributed by the distribution means is movable and is guided to either the specific ball entry unit or the non-specific ball entry unit.
The separate guide passage is a gaming machine characterized in that a gaming ball entered from the entry portion is guided to the stage portion faster than the distribution means.

前記(5)に記載の発明によれば、揺動排出通路である第1振分排出通路は、第2振分排出通路よりも正面手前側に位置し、且つ、第2振分排出通路に比べて遊技球をゆっくり滞留させる。入賞装置は、振り分け手段で振り分けられた遊技球が移動可能で特定入球部または非特定入球部のいずれかに案内するステージ部を備えている。別案内通路は、入球部から入球された遊技球を振り分け手段(特に揺動排出通路)よりも速くステージ部に案内する。したがって、揺動排出通路である第1振分排出通路での遊技球の揺動、つまり、ゆっくりされる遊技球を遊技者にとって手前側に位置させることで、その様子をより良く見せることができる。また、振り分け手段(特に揺動排出通路)を通らずに別案内通路で案内された遊技球がステージ部に案内されて特定入球部または非特定入球部のいずれかに案内されるので、遊技球が迅速に処理されるだけでなく、遊技者は、別案内通路を通った遊技球をステージ部上で視認することができ、入賞装置に入球した遊技球を確認することができる。 According to the invention described in (5) above, the first distribution discharge passage, which is a swing discharge passage, is located on the front front side of the second distribution discharge passage and is in the second distribution discharge passage. Compared to the game ball, it stays slowly. The winning device includes a stage unit in which the game balls distributed by the distribution means are movable and are guided to either a specific ball entry unit or a non-specific ball entry unit. The separate guide passage guides the game ball entered from the entry portion to the stage portion faster than the sorting means (particularly the swing discharge passage). Therefore, the swing of the game ball in the first distribution discharge passage, which is the swing discharge passage, that is, the slowed game ball is positioned on the front side for the player, so that the state can be shown better. .. Further, since the game ball guided by the separate guide passage without passing through the sorting means (particularly the swing discharge passage) is guided to the stage portion and guided to either the specific entry portion or the non-specific entry portion. Not only is the game ball processed quickly, but the player can visually recognize the game ball that has passed through the separate guide passage on the stage portion, and can confirm the game ball that has entered the winning device.

(6)前記(5)に記載の遊技機において、
前記導入通路部は、その所定箇所での底面部分に開閉自在な開閉部を備え、
前記開閉部は、開状態となると遊技球が落下可能な大きさの開口が形成され、閉状態において遊技球がそのまま通過するものであり、
前記別案内通路は、その入力側が前記開閉部の開口に連通されるとともに、その出力側が前記ステージ部上に開口された垂下通路である
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(6) In the gaming machine according to (5) above,
The introduction passage portion is provided with an opening / closing portion that can be opened / closed at a bottom portion thereof at a predetermined position.
The opening / closing portion has an opening having a size that allows the game ball to fall when it is in the open state, and the game ball passes through the opening / closing portion as it is in the closed state.
The separate guide passage is a gaming machine characterized in that its input side is communicated with the opening of the opening / closing portion and its output side is a hanging passage opened on the stage portion.

前記(6)に記載の発明によれば、導入通路部の所定箇所での底面部分には、開閉自在な開閉部が備えられている。この開閉部は、開状態となると遊技球が落下可能な大きさの開口が形成され、閉状態において遊技球がそのまま通過するものである。別案内通路は、その入力側が開閉部の開口に連通されるとともに、その出力側がステージ部上に開口された垂下通路としているので、かかる垂下通路内に遊技球が滞ることなく迅速にステージ部に供給され、別案内通路を起因とする遊技球の停留が生じることがない。 According to the invention described in (6) above, an opening / closing portion that can be opened / closed is provided on the bottom surface portion of the introduction passage portion at a predetermined position. This opening / closing portion is formed with an opening having a size that allows the game ball to fall when it is in the open state, and the game ball passes through it as it is in the closed state. In the separate guide passage, the input side is communicated with the opening of the opening / closing part, and the output side is a hanging passage opened on the stage part. It is supplied, and the game ball does not stop due to another guide passage.

(7)前記(6)に記載の遊技機において、
前記入球部は、前記入球手段に遊技球が入球したことに基づいて遊技球が入球可能な開状態に変移する開閉入口部であり、
前記開閉入口部の開状態への変移に同期して前記止め部材が所定期間だけ止め解除状態となる
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(7) In the gaming machine according to (6) above,
The ball entry portion is an opening / closing entrance portion that shifts to an open state in which the game ball can enter based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry means.
A gaming machine characterized in that the stop member is in the stop release state for a predetermined period in synchronization with the transition of the opening / closing inlet portion to the open state.

前記(7)に記載の発明によれば、入球部としての開閉入口部は、入球手段に遊技球が入球したことに基づいて遊技球が入球可能な開状態に変移する。止め部材は、開閉入口部の開状態への変移に同期して、所定期間だけ止め解除状態となる。したがって、開状態の開閉入口部に入球した遊技球は、開閉入口部に同期して止め解除状態となる止め部材によって第1振分排出通路に案内され、この第1振分排出通路で揺動されて特定入球部に入球するように排出されることがある。一方、開状態の開閉入口部に入球した遊技球であっても、止め部材が止め状態であれば第2振分排出通路に案内されて、第1振分排出通路よりも特定入球部に入り難く排出される。よって、入賞装置内での遊技球の振り分け態様に面白味を持たせることができる。 According to the invention described in (7) above, the opening / closing entrance portion as a ball entry portion shifts to an open state in which the game ball can enter the ball based on the entry of the game ball into the ball entry means. The stop member is in the stop release state for a predetermined period in synchronization with the transition of the opening / closing inlet portion to the open state. Therefore, the game ball that has entered the open / close entrance portion is guided to the first distribution discharge passage by the stop member that is in the stop release state in synchronization with the open / close entrance portion, and is shaken in the first distribution discharge passage. It may be moved and ejected so as to enter a specific ball entry section. On the other hand, even if the game ball has entered the open / close entrance portion in the open state, if the stopping member is in the stopped state, it is guided to the second distribution discharge passage and the specific entry portion is more than the first distribution discharge passage. It is difficult to enter and is discharged. Therefore, it is possible to make the distribution mode of the game balls in the winning device interesting.

(8)前記(5)から(7)のいずれか一つに記載の遊技機において、
前記ステージ部は、前記振り分け手段で振り分けられた遊技球が転動可能な転動領域を備え、
前記特定入球部と前記非特定入球部とは、前記転動領域の一方側に設けられ、
前記ステージ部は、前記転動領域での一方側方向に対して直交する当該転動領域の幅方向に連なる山部を当該転動領域に発生させるとともに、当該山部を前記転動領域の下流方向に移動させる波立ち発生手段を備え、
前記入賞装置は、前記振り分け手段から供給された遊技球を前記ステージ部の転動領域の幅方向に少なくとも振り分け出力する、前記振り分け手段とは別の可動式振り分け部材を備えている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(8) In the gaming machine according to any one of (5) to (7) above.
The stage portion includes a rolling region on which the game balls sorted by the sorting means can roll.
The specific ball entry portion and the non-specific ball entry portion are provided on one side of the rolling region.
The stage portion generates a mountain portion extending in the width direction of the rolling region orthogonal to one side direction in the rolling region in the rolling region, and causes the mountain portion downstream of the rolling region. Equipped with a means of generating waves that move in the direction
The winning device is characterized by including a movable sorting member different from the sorting means, which sorts and outputs at least the game balls supplied from the sorting means in the width direction of the rolling region of the stage portion. A game machine to play.

前記(8)に記載の発明によれば、ステージ部は、振り分け手段で振り分けられた遊技球が転動可能な転動領域を備えている。特定入球部と非特定入球部とは、転動領域の一方側に設けられている。波立ち発生手段は、転動領域での一方側方向に対して直交する当該転動領域の幅方向に連なる山部をこの転動領域に発生させるとともに、その山部を転動領域の下流方向に移動させる。入賞装置内の可動式振り分け部材は、振り分け手段から供給された遊技球をステージ部の転動領域の幅方向に少なくとも振り分け出力する。 According to the invention described in (8) above, the stage portion includes a rolling region in which the game balls sorted by the sorting means can roll. The specific ball entry portion and the non-specific ball entry portion are provided on one side of the rolling region. The rippling generating means generates a mountain portion in the rolling region which is continuous in the width direction of the rolling region orthogonal to one side direction in the rolling region, and causes the mountain portion in the downstream direction of the rolling region. Move it. The movable distribution member in the winning device distributes and outputs at least the game balls supplied from the distribution means in the width direction of the rolling region of the stage portion.

したがって、可動式振り分け部材からステージ部の転動領域の幅方向に遊技球が振り分け出力されるタイミングと、波立ち発生手段による転動領域での波立ち(山部)の移動タイミングとにより、転動領域での遊技球の転動方向が決定される。つまり、転動領域の幅方向に転動する遊技球が、転動領域の奥行き方向に移動する山部の影響を受けることで、遊技球に斜め方向の合成力が生じてその遊技球が転動領域を斜め方向に転動し始めるため、遊技球が転動領域の幅方向に出力された時点で山部の影響を受ければその時点から斜め方向に転動することになるし、遊技球が転動領域の幅方向に出力されてしばらくその方向に進んだ時点で山部の影響を受ければその時点から斜め方向に転動することになるため、遊技球の転動方向に変化を持たせることができる。すなわち、可動式振り分け部材から転動領域の幅方向に遊技球を出力する位置(落とす位置)は毎回同じなのに、転動領域の移動する山部により転動領域での遊技球の流下方向に意外性を持たせることができ、転動領域を広範囲に転動させることができ、特定入球部に入るかどうかの変化を持たせることができる。 Therefore, the rolling region is determined by the timing at which the game ball is distributed and output from the movable sorting member in the width direction of the rolling region of the stage portion and the movement timing of the rippling (mountain portion) in the rolling region by the rippling generating means. The rolling direction of the game ball in is determined. That is, the game ball that rolls in the width direction of the rolling area is affected by the mountain part that moves in the depth direction of the rolling area, so that a synthetic force in the diagonal direction is generated in the game ball and the game ball rolls. Since the moving area starts to roll diagonally, if the game ball is affected by the mountain part when it is output in the width direction of the rolling area, it will roll diagonally from that point, and the game ball. Is output in the width direction of the rolling region, and if it is affected by the mountain part when it advances in that direction for a while, it will roll diagonally from that point, so it has a change in the rolling direction of the game ball. Can be made. That is, although the position where the game ball is output (dropped) from the movable distribution member in the width direction of the rolling region is the same every time, the moving mountain part of the rolling region unexpectedly causes the game ball to flow down in the rolling region. It is possible to have sex, to roll the rolling region in a wide range, and to have a change in whether or not to enter a specific ball entry portion.

また、その山部の動作を単純にしながら遊技球の色々な挙動を見せることができる。つまり、山部を転動領域の一方側方向に沿って移動させるだけであるので、山部をハードまたはソフト制御でするにしても非常にコンパクトであり、山部を逐次に動作または停止を制御する構成に比べてコンパクトにでき、山部が単純な動作なので不正動作が発見し易いため、不正対策に優れる。また、山部が単純な動作なので、遊技者にとって見ても山部が不正に制御された不正な遊技機との印象を持たない。 In addition, it is possible to show various behaviors of the game ball while simplifying the movement of the mountain part. In other words, since the mountain part is only moved along one side of the rolling region, it is very compact even if the mountain part is controlled by hard or soft, and the operation or stop of the mountain part is controlled sequentially. It can be made more compact than the configuration, and since the mountain part is a simple operation, it is easy to detect fraudulent operations, so it is excellent in fraud countermeasures. In addition, since Yamabe is a simple operation, the player does not have the impression that Yamabe is an illegally controlled gaming machine.

その結果、入賞装置内の振分装置で振り分けられたステージ上での遊技球の挙動に面白味を持たせることができる遊技機を提供することができる。 As a result, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of making the behavior of the gaming ball on the stage distributed by the sorting device in the winning device interesting.

(9)前記(8)に記載の遊技機において、
前記ステージ部の前記転動領域は、水平または略水平な領域としていることを特徴とする遊技機。
(9) In the gaming machine according to (8) above,
A gaming machine characterized in that the rolling region of the stage portion is a horizontal or substantially horizontal region.

前記(9)に記載の発明によれば、ステージ部の転動領域は、水平または略水平な領域としているので、転動領域の幅方向に出力された遊技球は、その出力方向に進んでいき、転動領域の奥行き方向に移動する山部の影響を受けたときから遊技球に斜め方向の合成力が生じてその遊技球が転動領域を斜め方向に転動し始めることになり、波立ち発生手段による転動領域での波立ち(山部)を契機に転動領域の一方側に向かわせることができる。 According to the invention described in (9) above, since the rolling region of the stage portion is a horizontal or substantially horizontal region, the game ball output in the width direction of the rolling region advances in the output direction. Suddenly, when affected by the mountain part that moves in the depth direction of the rolling area, a synthetic force in the diagonal direction is generated in the game ball, and the game ball starts rolling in the rolling area in the diagonal direction. Rippling (mountain part) in the rolling region by the wave generating means can be used as an opportunity to move toward one side of the rolling region.

(10)前記(8)または(9)に記載の遊技機において、
前記可動式振り分け部材は、前記入球部からの遊技球を前記ステージ部を介さずに前記特定入球部に向けて前方向に出力する第1出力部と、前記入球部からの遊技球を前記ステージ部の転動領域の幅方向に出力する第2出力部とを備えている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(10) In the gaming machine according to (8) or (9) above,
The movable distribution member has a first output section that outputs a game ball from the ball entry section in the forward direction toward the specific ball entry section without going through the stage section, and a game ball from the ball entry section. A gaming machine, characterized in that it is provided with a second output unit that outputs the speed in the width direction of the rolling region of the stage unit.

前記(10)に記載の発明によれば、可動式振り分け部材の第1出力部から前方向に出力される遊技球は、転動領域を介さずに特定入球部に入球することがあり、第1出力部から出力される遊技球が転動領域の移動する山部によって特定入球部への入球が阻まれることを防止でき、第1出力部から出力されて特定入球部に入球される利益を確保できる。また、第2出力部から転動領域の幅方向に出力された遊技球は、転動領域を移動する山部の影響を受けて特定入球部に入球することがあるという面白味も提供できる。 According to the invention described in (10) above, the game ball output forward from the first output unit of the movable distribution member may enter the specific ball entry unit without going through the rolling region. , It is possible to prevent the game ball output from the first output section from being blocked from entering the specific entry section by the moving mountain portion of the rolling region, and the game ball is output from the first output section to the specific entry section. You can secure the profit of entering the ball. Further, it is possible to provide the fun that the game ball output from the second output unit in the width direction of the rolling region may enter the specific entry portion under the influence of the mountain portion moving in the rolling region. ..

(11)前記(8)から(10)のいずれか一つに記載の遊技機において、
前記可動式振り分け部材を、前記ステージ部の前記転動領域上で、当該可動式振り分け部材と前記転動領域との間を遊技球が通過可能な間隔を空けて支持する支持手段を備えている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(11) In the gaming machine according to any one of (8) to (10) above.
The movable distribution member is provided with a support means for supporting the movable distribution member on the rolling region of the stage portion with a space between the movable distribution member and the rolling region so that a game ball can pass therethrough. A gaming machine characterized by that.

前記(11)に記載の発明によれば、支持手段は、可動式振り分け部材を、ステージ部の転動領域上で転動領域との間を遊技球が通過可能な間隔を空けて支持しているので、転動領域における可動式振り分け部材の下方領域も遊技球の転動が可能であり、ステージ部の転動領域をその幅方向にわたって最大限に活用することができる。また、ステージ部の転動領域を転動する遊技球が可動式振り分け部材下を通る際に一旦隠れてから現れて、特定入球部に入球する否かの様子を遊技者が見ることがあり、遊技球の挙動にさらに面白みを持たせることができる。 According to the invention described in (11) above, the supporting means supports the movable distribution member on the rolling region of the stage portion with a space between the rolling region and the rolling region so that the game ball can pass therethrough. Therefore, the game ball can be rolled in the lower region of the movable distribution member in the rolling region, and the rolling region of the stage portion can be fully utilized in the width direction. In addition, the player may see whether or not the game ball that rolls in the rolling area of the stage portion appears after being hidden once when passing under the movable sorting member and enters the specific entry portion. Yes, it is possible to make the behavior of the game ball even more interesting.

(12)前記(11)に記載の遊技機において、
前記可動式振り分け部材は、不透明部材としていることを特徴とする遊技機。
(12) In the gaming machine according to (11) above,
The movable distribution member is a gaming machine characterized in that it is an opaque member.

前記(12)に記載の発明によれば、可動式振り分け部材は不透明部材としているので、ステージ部の転動領域を転動する遊技球が可動式振り分け部材下を通る際に一旦隠れてしまい、その後に可動式振り分け部材下から現れて、特定入球部に入球する否かの様子を遊技者が見ることがあり、遊技球の挙動にさらに面白みを持たせることができる。 According to the invention described in (12) above, since the movable distribution member is an opaque member, the game ball rolling in the rolling region of the stage portion is temporarily hidden when passing under the movable distribution member. After that, the player may see whether or not the ball enters the specific ball entry portion by appearing from under the movable sorting member, and the behavior of the game ball can be further interesting.

(13)前記(11)に記載の遊技機において、
前記可動式振り分け部材は、透明部材または半透明部材としていることを特徴とする遊技機。
(13) In the gaming machine according to (11) above,
The movable distribution member is a gaming machine characterized in that it is a transparent member or a translucent member.

前記(13)に記載の発明によれば、可動式振り分け部材は透明部材または半透明部材としているので、ステージ部の転動領域を転動する遊技球が可動式振り分け部材下を通る際も完全に隠れてしまうことがなく、その後に可動式振り分け部材下から現れて、特定入球部に入球する否かの様子を遊技者が見ることがあり、遊技球の転動を見失わずに確認することができる。 According to the invention described in (13) above, since the movable sorting member is a transparent member or a translucent member, the game ball rolling in the rolling region of the stage portion is completely passed under the movable sorting member. The player may see whether or not to enter the specific ball entry part by appearing from under the movable sorting member without hiding in the game, and confirming the rolling of the game ball without losing sight of it. can do.

(14)前記(8)から(13)のいずれか一つに記載の遊技機において、
前記ステージ部は、前記転動領域の幅方向の両端箇所に、遊技球を当該転動領域内に止めるための壁部を備えている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(14) In the gaming machine according to any one of (8) to (13) above.
The stage portion is a gaming machine characterized in that the stage portion is provided with wall portions for stopping the game ball in the rolling region at both ends in the width direction of the rolling region.

前記(14)に記載の発明によれば、ステージ部は、転動領域の幅方向の両端箇所に、遊技球を当該転動領域内に止めるための壁部を備えているので、可動式振り分け部材から転動領域の幅方向に出力された遊技球が当該転動領域の幅方向の両端箇所に到達したとしても、その両端箇所の壁部により反射され、この反射された遊技球に転動領域での移動する山部が作用してその転動方向を変えることができ、可動式振り分け部材での出力方向とは逆方向に遊技球を向かわせることができるだけでなく、移動する山部により遊技球の転動方向を変化させることができる。 According to the invention described in (14) above, since the stage portion is provided with wall portions for stopping the game ball in the rolling region at both ends in the width direction of the rolling region, the stage portion is movable. Even if the game ball output from the member in the width direction of the rolling region reaches both ends in the width direction of the rolling region, it is reflected by the walls at both ends and rolled to the reflected game ball. The moving mountain part in the area can act to change the rolling direction, and not only can the game ball be directed in the direction opposite to the output direction of the movable distribution member, but also by the moving mountain part. The rolling direction of the game ball can be changed.

(15)前記(8)から(14)のいずれか一つに記載の遊技機において、
前記内部空間での奥側に位置する前記可動式振り分け部材での奥側部分を基端側とし、前記内部空間での手前側に位置する前記可動式振り分け部材での手前側部分を先端側とし、前記可動式振り分け部材の前記基端側を軸として前記先端側を前記内部空間で横方向に揺動する横方向揺動手段を備えている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(15) In the gaming machine according to any one of (8) to (14) above.
The back side portion of the movable sorting member located on the back side in the internal space is the base end side, and the front side portion of the movable sorting member located on the front side in the internal space is the tip end side. The gaming machine, characterized in that it is provided with a lateral swinging means for laterally swinging the tip end side in the internal space with the base end side of the movable distribution member as an axis.

前記(15)に記載の発明によれば、横方向揺動手段は、可動式振り分け部材の基端側を軸として先端側を内部空間で横方向に揺動するので、可動式振り分け部材から転動領域への出力方向に多様性を持たせることができ、転動領域での移動する山部との関係でさらに多様な遊技球の挙動を生み出すことができる。 According to the invention described in (15) above, since the lateral swinging means swings laterally in the internal space with the proximal end side of the movable sorting member as an axis, the lateral swinging means rolls from the movable sorting member. It is possible to give diversity in the output direction to the moving region, and it is possible to create more diverse behaviors of the game ball in relation to the moving mountain part in the rolling region.

(16)前記(8)から(14)のいずれか一つに記載の遊技機において、
前記可動式振り分け部材の前記基端側を軸として前記先端側を前記内部空間で縦方向に揺動する縦方向揺動手段を備えている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(16) In the gaming machine according to any one of (8) to (14) above.
A gaming machine characterized by comprising a vertical swinging means for swinging the tip end side in the internal space in the vertical direction with the base end side of the movable distribution member as an axis.

前記(16)に記載の発明によれば、縦方向揺動手段は、可動式振り分け部材の基端側を軸として先端側を内部空間で縦方向に揺動するので、可動式振り分け部材の先端側が上向きとした上向き姿勢と、可動式振り分け部材の先端側が下向きとした下向き姿勢とに可変することで、可動式振り分け部材での遊技球の出力方向に変化を与えることができ、可動式振り分け部材から転動領域への出力方向にさらに多様性を持たせることができ、転動領域での移動する山部との関係でさらに多様な遊技球の挙動を生み出すことができる。 According to the invention described in (16) above, since the vertical swinging means swings in the vertical direction in the internal space with the base end side of the movable sorting member as an axis and the tip end side as an axis, the tip of the movable sorting member By changing between an upward posture with the side facing up and a downward posture with the tip side of the movable sorting member facing downward, it is possible to change the output direction of the game ball in the movable sorting member, and the movable sorting member can be changed. It is possible to give more variety in the output direction from to the rolling region, and it is possible to create more diverse behaviors of the game ball in relation to the moving mountain part in the rolling region.

(17)前記(8)から(14)のいずれか一つに記載の遊技機において、
前記可動式振り分け部材の前記基端側を軸として前記先端側を前記内部空間で横方向に一振りする際に前記先端側を前記内部空間で縦方向に二往復させることで、正面視で前記先端側を略二山状に揺動させる二山状揺動手段を備えている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
(17) In the gaming machine according to any one of (8) to (14) above.
When the tip side of the movable distribution member is swung laterally in the internal space with the base end side as an axis, the tip side is reciprocated twice in the vertical direction in the internal space, so that the front view can be seen. A gaming machine characterized in that it is equipped with a bi-mountain swinging means that swings the tip side in a substantially bi-mountain shape.

前記(17)に記載の発明によれば、二山状揺動手段は、可動式振り分け部材の基端側を軸としてその先端側を内部空間で横方向に一振りする際に、当該可動式振り分け部材の先端側を内部空間で縦方向に二往復させることで、正面視で可動式振り分け部材の先端側を略二山状に揺動させるので、正面視で可動式振り分け部材の先端側がその二山の麓に位置した姿勢では、第1出力部から転動領域を介さずに特定入球部に向けて遊技球を出力することがあり、正面視で可動式振り分け部材の先端側がその二山の頂上に位置した姿勢では、第2出力部から転動領域の幅方向に遊技球を出力することがあり、可動式振り分け部材からの出力方向に多様性を持たせることができる。 According to the invention described in (17) above, the bifurcated rocking means is movable when the tip side of the movable distribution member is swung laterally in the internal space with the base end side as an axis. By reciprocating the tip side of the sorting member twice in the vertical direction in the internal space, the tip side of the movable sorting member is swung in a substantially two-mountain shape in the front view, so that the tip side of the movable sorting member is the front view. In the posture located at the foot of the two mountains, the game ball may be output from the first output section toward the specific entry section without going through the rolling region, and the tip side of the movable sorting member is the second in front view. In the posture located at the top of the mountain, the game ball may be output from the second output unit in the width direction of the rolling region, and the output direction from the movable distribution member can be varied.

(18) 前記(0)に記載の遊技機、または、前記(1)から(17)のいずれか一つに記載の遊技機において、
前記遊技機はパチンコ機であることを特徴とする遊技機。
(18) In the gaming machine according to (0) above, or in the gaming machine according to any one of (1) to (17) above.
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine.

前記(18)に記載の遊技機によれば、入賞装置内の振り分け手段(例えば振分装置)での揺動排出通路の遊技球揺動幅を拡張できるパチンコ機を提供できる。なお、パチンコ機の基本構成としては操作ハンドルを備え、その操作ハンドルの操作に応じて遊技用媒体としての球を所定の遊技領域に発射し、球が遊技領域内の所定の位置に配設された作動口に入賞(または作動ゲートを通過)するものが挙げられる。また、特別遊技状態の発生時には、遊技領域内の所定の位置に配設された入賞装置(可変入賞手段や特定入賞口など)が所定の態様で開放されて球を入賞可能とし、その入賞個数に応じた有価価値(景品球のみならず、磁気カードへ書き込まれるデータ等も含む)が付与されるものが挙げられる。 According to the gaming machine according to the above (18), it is possible to provide a pachinko machine capable of expanding the swing width of the game ball in the swing discharge passage in the sorting means (for example, the sorting device) in the winning device. The basic configuration of the pachinko machine is provided with an operation handle, and a ball as a game medium is launched into a predetermined game area according to the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is arranged at a predetermined position in the game area. There is a winning (or passing through the operating gate) in the operating port. Further, when a special gaming state occurs, a winning device (variable winning means, a specific winning opening, etc.) arranged at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner to enable a ball to be won, and the number of winnings thereof. The value given according to the value (including not only the prize ball but also the data written on the magnetic card) is given.

以下、パチンコ遊技機(以下、単に「パチンコ機」という)の各種の実施の形態を、図面に基づいて詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, various embodiments of the pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter, simply referred to as “pachinko machine”) will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.

以下、パチンコ遊技機(以下、単に「パチンコ機」という)の一実施の形態を、図面に基づいて詳細に説明する。図1はパチンコ機10の概略正面図であり、図2は、パチンコ機10の遊技盤30の正面図である。図3は、本実施例のパチンコ機10の電気的接続を例示するブロック図である。 Hereinafter, an embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter, simply referred to as a “pachinko machine”) will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic front view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 2 is a front view of the gaming board 30 of the pachinko machine 10. FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating an electrical connection of the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment.

図1に示すように、パチンコ機10は、当該パチンコ機10の外殻を形成し遊技場(ホール)の遊技島に固定される外枠11と、この外枠11の一側部(例えば正面視での左側部)を開閉軸として外枠11に対して開閉可能に支持された内枠12と、この内枠12の一側部(例えば正面視での左側部)を開閉軸J1として内枠12に対して開閉自在に取り付けられる前面枠セット14とを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 that forms an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10 and is fixed to a game island of a game hall (hall), and one side portion (for example, the front surface) of the outer frame 11. An inner frame 12 that is openable and closable with respect to the outer frame 11 with the left side portion in view) as an opening / closing axis, and an inner frame 12 having one side portion (for example, the left side portion in front view) as an opening / closing axis J1. It is provided with a front frame set 14 that can be freely opened and closed with respect to the frame 12.

外枠11は、木製の板材により全体として正面視で矩形状に構成され、小ネジ等の離脱可能な締結具により各板材が組み付けられている。本実施の形態では、例えば、外枠11の上下方向の外寸は809mm(内寸771mm)、左右方向の外寸は518mm(内寸480mm)となっている。なお、外枠11は樹脂やアルミニウム等の軽金属などにより構成されていてもよい。 The outer frame 11 is formed of a wooden plate material in a rectangular shape as a whole when viewed from the front, and each plate material is assembled by a detachable fastener such as a machine screw. In the present embodiment, for example, the outer dimension of the outer frame 11 in the vertical direction is 809 mm (inner dimension 771 mm), and the outer dimension in the left-right direction is 518 mm (inner dimension 480 mm). The outer frame 11 may be made of a light metal such as resin or aluminum.

内枠12は、大別すると、その外形を形成する主要部材としての樹脂ベース(図示省略)と、この樹脂ベース(図示省略)に取り付けられる遊技盤30(図2参照)とを備えている。また、内枠12は、図1に示すように、樹脂ベース(図示省略)の前面側で片開き自在な前面枠セット14を備えている。 The inner frame 12 is roughly classified into a resin base (not shown) as a main member forming the outer shape thereof and a game board 30 (see FIG. 2) attached to the resin base (not shown). Further, as shown in FIG. 1, the inner frame 12 includes a front frame set 14 that can be opened on one side on the front side of the resin base (not shown).

具体的には、樹脂ベース(図示省略)は、正面視で、その外形が略矩形状で、かつ、その略中央箇所を開口中心とする開口部(図2を用いて後述する遊技領域30aと同等の大きさの開口)が形成された板状部材としている。 Specifically, the resin base (not shown) has an outer shape having a substantially rectangular shape in a front view, and an opening having a substantially central portion as the center of the opening (with the gaming area 30a described later using FIG. 2). It is a plate-shaped member having an opening of the same size).

前面枠セット14は、正面視左側で上下方向の開閉軸J1を軸心にして当該内枠12に対して開閉自在に取り付けられている。言い換えれば、前面枠セット14は、樹脂ベース(図示省略)に対して開閉自在となっている。 The front frame set 14 is attached to the inner frame 12 so as to be openable and closable with the vertical opening / closing shaft J1 as the axis on the left side of the front view. In other words, the front frame set 14 can be opened and closed with respect to the resin base (not shown).

図2に示すように、遊技盤30は、その遊技領域30aを樹脂ベース(図示省略)の開口部に位置させるようにして当該樹脂ベースの裏面側に着脱自在に取り付けられる。 As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 30 is detachably attached to the back surface side of the resin base so that the game area 30a is located at the opening of the resin base (not shown).

ここで、もう少し詳細に前面枠セット14について説明する。 Here, the front frame set 14 will be described in a little more detail.

前面枠セット14は、図1に示すように、内枠12に対して開閉可能に取り付けられており、内枠12と同様、パチンコ機10の正面からみて左側に上下に延びる開閉軸を軸心にして前方側に開放できるようになっている。 As shown in FIG. 1, the front frame set 14 is attached to the inner frame 12 so as to be openable and closable, and like the inner frame 12, the opening and closing shaft extending vertically to the left side when viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10 is the axis. It can be opened to the front side.

前面枠セット14は、図1に示すように、その前面視すると、最下部に位置する下皿ユニット13と、この下皿ユニット13の上側に位置する上皿ユニット21と、この上皿ユニット21の上側に位置するガラス枠部23と、に大別される。これらの下皿ユニット13と上皿ユニット21とガラス枠部23とは、図示省略のベース板体の前面側各箇所にそれぞれ取り付けられて前面枠セット14が構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 1, the front frame set 14 has a lower plate unit 13 located at the lowermost portion, an upper plate unit 21 located above the lower plate unit 13, and the upper plate unit 21 when viewed from the front. It is roughly classified into a glass frame portion 23 located on the upper side of the above. The lower plate unit 13, the upper plate unit 21, and the glass frame portion 23 are attached to each of the front side portions of the base plate body (not shown) to form a front frame set 14.

下皿ユニット13は、図1に示すように、前面枠セット14の最下部箇所に位置するように、ネジ等の締結具により固定されている。この下皿ユニット13は、その前面側に、下皿15と球抜きレバー17と遊技球発射ハンドル18とを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 1, the lower plate unit 13 is fixed by a fastener such as a screw so as to be located at the lowermost portion of the front frame set 14. The lower plate unit 13 is provided with a lower plate 15, a ball pulling lever 17, and a game ball launch handle 18 on the front side thereof.

球受皿としての下皿15は、下皿ユニット13のほぼ中央部に設けられており、排出口16より排出された遊技球が下皿15内に貯留可能になっている。球抜きレバー17は、下皿15内の遊技球を抜く(排出する)ためのものであり、この球抜きレバー17を図1で左側に移動させることにより、下皿15の底面の所定箇所が開口され、下皿15内に貯留された遊技球を下皿15の底面の開口部分を通して下方向外部に抜くことができる。 The lower plate 15 as a ball receiving plate is provided in a substantially central portion of the lower plate unit 13, and the game balls discharged from the discharge port 16 can be stored in the lower plate 15. The ball pulling lever 17 is for pulling out (discharging) the game ball in the lower plate 15, and by moving the ball pulling lever 17 to the left side in FIG. 1, a predetermined position on the bottom surface of the lower plate 15 is removed. The game ball that has been opened and stored in the lower plate 15 can be pulled out downward through the opening portion on the bottom surface of the lower plate 15.

遊技球発射ハンドル18は、図1に示すように、下皿15よりも右方で手前側に突出して配設されている。遊技者による遊技球発射ハンドル18の操作に応じて、遊技球発射装置38によって遊技球が図2に示す遊技盤30の遊技領域30aに打ち込まれるようになっている。遊技球発射装置38は、例えば、遊技球発射ハンドル18と発射装置229(図3参照)などで構成されている。音出力部24は、図1に示すように、前面枠セット14の正面視で上部の左右2箇所で、その前面枠セット14の内部あるいは背面箇所に設けられたスピーカ48(図3参照)からの音を出力するための出力口である。 As shown in FIG. 1, the game ball launching handle 18 is arranged so as to project to the right side of the lower plate 15 and to the front side. In response to the operation of the game ball launching handle 18 by the player, the game ball is driven into the game area 30a of the game board 30 shown in FIG. 2 by the game ball launching device 38. The game ball launching device 38 is composed of, for example, a game ball launching handle 18 and a launching device 229 (see FIG. 3). As shown in FIG. 1, the sound output unit 24 is located at two upper left and right positions in the front view of the front frame set 14, from speakers 48 (see FIG. 3) provided inside or at the back of the front frame set 14. It is an output port for outputting the sound of.

上皿ユニット21は、図1に示すように、前面枠セット14の下部箇所(前述の下皿15の真上位置)に位置するように、ネジ等の締結具により固定されており、遊技球の受皿としての上皿19を備えている。ここで、上皿19は、遊技球を一旦貯留し、一列に整列させながら遊技球発射装置38の方へ導出するための球受皿である。 As shown in FIG. 1, the upper plate unit 21 is fixed by a fastener such as a screw so as to be located at a lower portion of the front frame set 14 (a position directly above the above-mentioned lower plate 15), and is a game ball. It is provided with an upper plate 19 as a saucer for the above. Here, the upper plate 19 is a ball receiving plate for temporarily storing the game balls and leading them toward the game ball launching device 38 while arranging them in a row.

ガラス枠部23は、図1に示すように、上皿ユニット21の上側に形成された窓部101を備えている。 As shown in FIG. 1, the glass frame portion 23 includes a window portion 101 formed on the upper side of the precision plate unit 21.

つまり、前面枠セット14には、図1に示すように、上皿ユニット21の上側に位置するガラス枠部23の中央箇所に、遊技盤30の遊技領域30a(図2参照)のほとんどを外部から視認することができるよう略縦長楕円形状の窓部101が形成されている。詳しくは、窓部101は、略縦長楕円形状で中央が空洞となっており、その空洞部分を略縦長楕円形状等のガラス板137で覆うように、図示省略のガラスユニットが前面枠セット14の裏面側に取り付けられたものである。ガラスユニット(図示省略)は、二枚のガラス板137を前後方向に近設させて並べた二重ガラス構造としている。なお、窓部101の前記略中央部が直線状になるようにし、ガラス板137もその形状に合わせるようにしてもよい。また、ガラス板137は、ガラスに限定されず、所定の強度がある透明板であればその材質などは問わない。 That is, as shown in FIG. 1, the front frame set 14 has most of the game area 30a (see FIG. 2) of the game board 30 external to the central portion of the glass frame portion 23 located above the upper plate unit 21. A window portion 101 having a substantially vertically elongated elliptical shape is formed so as to be visually recognizable from the above. Specifically, the window portion 101 has a substantially vertically elongated elliptical shape and a hollow in the center, and a glass unit (not shown) is a front frame set 14 so as to cover the hollow portion with a glass plate 137 having a substantially vertically elongated elliptical shape or the like. It is attached to the back side. The glass unit (not shown) has a double glass structure in which two glass plates 137 are arranged close to each other in the front-rear direction. The substantially central portion of the window portion 101 may be linear, and the glass plate 137 may also be adapted to the shape. Further, the glass plate 137 is not limited to glass, and any material thereof may be used as long as it is a transparent plate having a predetermined strength.

さらに、ガラス枠部23は、図1に示すように、窓部101の周囲に各種の電飾部(第1電飾部102、第2電飾部103および第3電飾部104)を備えている。つまり、前面枠セット14は、図1に示すように、その前面視した状態で窓部101の周囲で左箇所に、LED等を内蔵した第1電飾部102(左側電飾部)を、窓部101の周囲で右箇所に、LED等を内蔵した第2電飾部103(右側電飾部)を、窓部101の周囲で上箇所に、LED等を内蔵した第3電飾部104(上側電飾部)を備えている。これらの電飾部は、大当たり時や所定のリーチ時等における遊技状態の変化に応じて点灯、点滅のように発光態様が変更制御され遊技中の演出効果を高める役割を果たすものである。 Further, as shown in FIG. 1, the glass frame portion 23 includes various illuminated portions (first illuminated portion 102, second illuminated portion 103, and third illuminated portion 104) around the window portion 101. ing. That is, as shown in FIG. 1, the front frame set 14 has a first illuminated portion 102 (left illuminated portion) with a built-in LED or the like at a left portion around the window portion 101 when viewed from the front. The second illuminated portion 103 (right illuminated portion) having an LED or the like built in the right portion around the window portion 101, and the third illuminated portion 104 having an LED or the like built in the upper portion around the window portion 101. (Upper illumination part) is provided. These illuminated units play a role of enhancing the effect of effect during the game by controlling the change of the light emitting mode such as lighting and blinking according to the change of the gaming state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach.

本パチンコ機10では、第1電飾部102、第2電飾部103および第3電飾部104は、大当たりランプとして機能し、大当たり時に点灯や点滅を行うことにより、大当たり中であることを報知する。その他、本パチンコ機10の第1電飾部102および第2電飾部103には、賞球払出し中に点灯する賞球ランプ105と、所定のエラー時に点灯するエラー表示ランプ106とが備えられている。また、窓部101の周縁で右斜め下箇所には、内枠12表面や遊技盤30表面等の一部を視認できるよう透明樹脂からなる小窓107が設けられている。この小窓107の所定箇所を平面状としているので、遊技盤30の右下隅部に貼り付けられた証紙S1(図2参照)などを、小窓107の当該平面状箇所から機械で好適に読み取ることができる。 In the pachinko machine 10, the first illumination unit 102, the second illumination unit 103, and the third illumination unit 104 function as jackpot lamps, and by turning on and blinking at the time of jackpot, the jackpot is being hit. Notify. In addition, the first illumination unit 102 and the second illumination unit 103 of the pachinko machine 10 are provided with a prize ball lamp 105 that lights up while paying out the prize ball, and an error indicator lamp 106 that lights up when a predetermined error occurs. ing. Further, a small window 107 made of transparent resin is provided on the peripheral edge of the window portion 101 at a position diagonally lower to the right so that a part of the inner frame 12 surface, the game board 30 surface, and the like can be visually recognized. Since the predetermined portion of the small window 107 is made flat, the certificate stamp S1 (see FIG. 2) attached to the lower right corner of the game board 30 can be suitably read from the planar portion of the small window 107 by a machine. be able to.

また、窓部101の下方には貸球操作部120が配設されており、貸球操作部120には球貸しボタン121と返却ボタン122とが設けられている。パチンコ機10の側方に配置された図示しないカードユニット(球貸しユニット)に紙幣やカード(例えばプリペイドカード)等を投入した状態で貸球操作部120が操作されると、その操作に応じて遊技球の貸出が行われる。球貸しボタン121は、カード等(記録媒体)に記録された情報に基づいて貸出球を得るために操作されるものであり、カード等に残額が存在する限りにおいて貸出球が上皿19に供給される。返却ボタン122は、カードユニットに挿入されたカード等の返却を求める際に操作される。なお、貸球操作部120にさらに度数表示部(図示省略)を設けるようにしてもよい。この度数表示部(図示省略)は、カード等の残額情報を表示するものである。なお、カードユニットを介さずに球貸し装置等から上皿に遊技球が直接貸し出されるパチンコ機、いわゆる現金機では貸球操作部120が不要となる。故に、貸球操作部120の設置部分に、飾りシール等が付されるようになっている。これにより、カードユニットを用いたパチンコ機と現金機との貸球操作部の共通化が図れる。 Further, a ball lending operation unit 120 is arranged below the window unit 101, and the ball lending operation unit 120 is provided with a ball lending button 121 and a return button 122. When the ball lending operation unit 120 is operated with bills, cards (for example, prepaid cards), etc. inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball lending operation unit 120 is operated in response to the operation. Gaming balls will be rented. The ball lending button 121 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on the information recorded on the card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 19 as long as the remaining amount is present on the card or the like. Will be done. The return button 122 is operated when requesting the return of the card or the like inserted in the card unit. The ball lending operation unit 120 may be further provided with a frequency display unit (not shown). This frequency display unit (not shown) displays the balance information of the card or the like. A pachinko machine, a so-called cash machine, in which a game ball is directly lent to an upper plate from a ball lending device or the like without going through a card unit does not require a ball lending operation unit 120. Therefore, a decorative sticker or the like is attached to the installation portion of the ball rental operation unit 120. As a result, it is possible to standardize the ball lending operation unit between the pachinko machine using the card unit and the cash machine.

次に、図2を用いて遊技盤30の構成を説明する。遊技盤30は、図2に示すように、正面視で四角形状の合板でその左側の両角部が取れたような形状としており、その周縁部(後述するレール51,52の外側部分)が内枠12の樹脂ベース(図示省略)の裏側に当接した状態で取着されており、この遊技盤30の前面側の略中央部分たる遊技領域30aが樹脂ベースの略縦長楕円形状の図1に示した窓部101(ガラス板137)を通じて前面枠セット14の前方外側から視認可能な状態となっている。 Next, the configuration of the game board 30 will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 30 has a shape in which both corners on the left side of the square plywood are removed from the front view, and the peripheral portion (outer portion of the rails 51 and 52 described later) is inside. It is attached in a state of being in contact with the back side of the resin base (not shown) of the frame 12, and the game area 30a, which is a substantially central portion on the front side of the game board 30, is shown in FIG. It is visible from the front outside of the front frame set 14 through the window portion 101 (glass plate 137) shown.

また、遊技盤30には、図2に示すように、遊技球発射装置38(図1参照)から発射された遊技球を遊技盤30上部へ案内するためのレール51,52が取り付けられており、遊技球発射ハンドル18の回動操作に伴い発射された遊技球は複数本のレール51,52の後述する球案内通路49を通じて所定の遊技領域30aに案内されるようになっている。複数本のレール51,52は長尺状をなすステンレス製の金属帯状部材であり、内外二重に遊技盤30に取り付けられている。内レール51は上方の約1/4ほどを除いて略縦楕円環状に形成されている。外レール52は、一部(主に左側部)が内レール51に向かい合うようにして形成されている。かかる場合、内レール51と外レール52とにより誘導レールが構成され、これら各レール51,52が所定間隔を隔てて並行する部分(向かって左側の部分)により球案内通路49が形成されている。なお、球案内通路49は、遊技盤30との当接面を有した溝状、すなわち手前側を開放した溝状に形成されている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 2, the game board 30 is provided with rails 51 and 52 for guiding the game ball launched from the game ball launcher 38 (see FIG. 1) to the upper part of the game board 30. The game ball launched by the rotation operation of the game ball launch handle 18 is guided to a predetermined game area 30a through the ball guide passage 49 described later of the plurality of rails 51 and 52. The plurality of rails 51 and 52 are long stainless steel metal strip-shaped members, and are double-mounted on the game board 30 inside and outside. The inner rail 51 is formed in a substantially vertical elliptical ring except for about 1/4 above. The outer rail 52 is formed so that a part (mainly the left side portion) faces the inner rail 51. In such a case, the guide rail is formed by the inner rail 51 and the outer rail 52, and the ball guide passage 49 is formed by the portions where the rails 51 and 52 are parallel to each other at a predetermined interval (the portion on the left side when facing the rail). .. The ball guide passage 49 is formed in a groove shape having a contact surface with the game board 30, that is, a groove shape in which the front side is open.

内レール51の先端部分(図2の左上部)には戻り球防止部材53が取着されている。これにより、一旦、内レール51及び外レール52間の球案内通路49から遊技盤30の上部へと案内された遊技球が再度球案内通路49内に戻ってしまうといった事態が防止されるようになっている。また、遊技盤30が内枠12に取り付けられた状態において、外レール52における、遊技球の最大飛翔部分に対応する位置(図2の右上部:外レール52の先端部に相当する部位)には、内枠12に設けられた返しゴム54(図2に二点鎖線で示す部材)が位置するようになっている。従って、所定以上の勢いで発射された遊技球は、返しゴム54に当たって跳ね返されるようになっている。外レール52は、長尺状をなすステンレス製の金属帯としているので、遊技球の飛翔をより滑らかなものとする、つまり遊技球の摩擦抵抗を少なくすることができる。なお、図2に破線で示すように、外レール52の先端部から内レール51の右側先端部までは、内枠12に形成された壁部55(図2に破線で示す)が位置することにより、遊技領域30の右側が仕切られている。 A return ball prevention member 53 is attached to the tip end portion (upper left portion in FIG. 2) of the inner rail 51. As a result, the situation in which the game ball once guided from the ball guide passage 49 between the inner rail 51 and the outer rail 52 to the upper part of the game board 30 returns to the inside of the ball guide passage 49 can be prevented. It has become. Further, in a state where the game board 30 is attached to the inner frame 12, the position corresponding to the maximum flight portion of the game ball on the outer rail 52 (upper right portion in FIG. 2: portion corresponding to the tip portion of the outer rail 52). Is configured so that the return rubber 54 (member shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 2) provided on the inner frame 12 is located. Therefore, the game ball launched with a momentum equal to or higher than a predetermined value hits the return rubber 54 and is repelled. Since the outer rail 52 is made of a long stainless steel metal band, the flight of the game ball can be made smoother, that is, the frictional resistance of the game ball can be reduced. As shown by the broken line in FIG. 2, the wall portion 55 (shown by the broken line in FIG. 2) formed in the inner frame 12 is located from the tip end portion of the outer rail 52 to the right end portion of the inner rail 51. The right side of the game area 30 is partitioned by the above method.

なお、遊技盤30の右下隅部は、証紙(例えば製造番号が記載されている)等のシール(図2のS1)やプレートを貼着するためのスペースとなっている。遊技盤30の右下隅部に、証紙等のシール(図2のS1)を貼着することで、遊技盤30と証紙との一義性を持たせることができる。 The lower right corner of the game board 30 is a space for attaching a sticker (S1 in FIG. 2) such as a certificate stamp (for example, a serial number is written) or a plate. By attaching a sticker such as a certificate stamp (S1 in FIG. 2) to the lower right corner of the game board 30, the game board 30 and the certificate stamp can be unique.

次に、遊技盤30の遊技領域30aについて説明する。遊技領域30aは、図2に示すように、内レール51と外レール52との内周部(内外レール)により略縦長楕円形状に区画形成されており、特に本実施の形態では、遊技盤30の盤面上に区画される当該遊技領域30aが大きく構成されている。 Next, the game area 30a of the game board 30 will be described. As shown in FIG. 2, the game area 30a is partitioned into a substantially vertically elongated elliptical shape by the inner peripheral portions (inner and outer rails) of the inner rail 51 and the outer rail 52. In particular, in the present embodiment, the game board 30 is formed. The game area 30a partitioned on the board surface of the player is largely configured.

本実施の形態では、遊技領域30aを、パチンコ機10の正面から見て、内レール51及び外レール52によって囲まれる領域のうち、内外レール51,52の並行部分である誘導レールの領域を除いた領域としている。従って、遊技領域30aと言った場合には誘導レール部分は含まないため、遊技領域30aの向かって左側限界位置は外レール52によってではなく内レール51によって特定される。同様に、遊技領域30aの向かって右側限界位置は内レール51によって特定される。また、遊技領域30aの下側限界位置は遊技盤30の下端位置によって特定される。また、遊技領域30aの上側限界位置は外レール52によって特定される。 In the present embodiment, the gaming area 30a is viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10, except for the area of the guide rail which is a parallel portion of the inner and outer rails 51 and 52 among the areas surrounded by the inner rail 51 and the outer rail 52. It is an area. Therefore, since the guide rail portion is not included in the game area 30a, the limit position on the left side of the game area 30a is specified not by the outer rail 52 but by the inner rail 51. Similarly, the right limit position of the gaming area 30a is specified by the inner rail 51. Further, the lower limit position of the game area 30a is specified by the lower end position of the game board 30. Further, the upper limit position of the game area 30a is specified by the outer rail 52.

また、遊技盤30は、図2に示すように、盤面下方の左側および右側の2箇所にそれぞれ配置された第1始動口31と、盤面下方左側の第1始動口31の下方に配置された第2始動口33とを備えている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 2, the game board 30 is arranged below the first starting port 31 arranged at two locations on the left side and the right side below the board surface, and below the first starting port 31 located on the lower left side of the board surface. It is provided with a second starting port 33.

遊技盤30は、図2に示すように、正面視で遊技領域30aの中央箇所に縦長の遊技ユニット200が配設されている。 As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 30 has a vertically long game unit 200 arranged at a central portion of the game area 30a when viewed from the front.

この遊技ユニット200は、図2に示すように、上から順に表示装置60と入賞装置40とを縦方向に並べて一体化したユニットである。表示装置60は、表示画面61を備え、この表示画面61に所定の演出表示(例えば、入賞装置40の状態に応じた所定の演出表示など)をするものである。入賞装置40は、第1始動口31または第2始動口33に遊技球Bが入球したことに基づいて、遊技領域30aを流下する遊技球Bの入球が可能となるものである。 As shown in FIG. 2, the gaming unit 200 is a unit in which a display device 60 and a winning device 40 are vertically arranged and integrated in order from the top. The display device 60 includes a display screen 61, and displays a predetermined effect (for example, a predetermined effect display according to the state of the winning device 40) on the display screen 61. The winning device 40 is capable of entering the game ball B flowing down the game area 30a based on the entry of the game ball B into the first starting port 31 or the second starting opening 33.

さらに、この遊技ユニット200は、図2に示すように、その正面視で、表示装置60の表示画面61の外周全体に配置され、且つ、表示画面61の角部を隠した状態で配置されるセンターフレーム90を備えている。なお、このセンターフレーム90は、表示画面61の周囲の少なくとも一部に配置されるものとしてもよい。例えば、センターフレーム90は、表示画面61の端部を隠した状態で配置されたものであってもよいし、表示画面61を隠さずにこの表示画面61の周囲の少なくとも一部に配置されたものとしてもよい。 Further, as shown in FIG. 2, the gaming unit 200 is arranged on the entire outer circumference of the display screen 61 of the display device 60 in a front view thereof, and is arranged in a state where the corners of the display screen 61 are hidden. It is equipped with a center frame 90. The center frame 90 may be arranged at least in a part around the display screen 61. For example, the center frame 90 may be arranged in a state where the end portion of the display screen 61 is hidden, or may be arranged in at least a part around the display screen 61 without hiding the display screen 61. It may be a thing.

ここで、遊技ユニット200における表示装置60と入賞装置40とセンターフレーム90との構造について、図4〜図6も用いてもう少し詳細に説明する。図4は、一対の羽根41a,41bが閉状態の場合の遊技ユニット200を前方右上から見た斜視図である。図5は、一対の羽根41a,41bが開状態の場合の遊技ユニット200を前方右上から見た斜視図である。図6は、入賞装置40の羽根41a,41bが閉状態の場合での遊技ユニット200の正面図である。なお、図4,図5では、案内通路部92の一部の図示を省略した図としている。 Here, the structure of the display device 60, the winning device 40, and the center frame 90 in the game unit 200 will be described in a little more detail with reference to FIGS. 4 to 6. FIG. 4 is a perspective view of the gaming unit 200 when the pair of blades 41a and 41b are closed, as viewed from the front upper right. FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the gaming unit 200 when the pair of blades 41a and 41b are in the open state, as viewed from the front upper right. FIG. 6 is a front view of the gaming unit 200 when the blades 41a and 41b of the winning device 40 are in the closed state. In FIGS. 4 and 5, a part of the guide passage portion 92 is not shown.

遊技ユニット200は、図2に示すように、遊技盤30の遊技領域30aの中央箇所に取り付けられており、表示装置60と入賞装置40とが遊技領域30aの幅方向の中央箇所で且つその順に上から縦方向に並設された状態となっている。 As shown in FIG. 2, the game unit 200 is attached to the central portion of the game area 30a of the game board 30, and the display device 60 and the winning device 40 are located at the central portion in the width direction of the game area 30a and in that order. It is in a state of being arranged side by side in the vertical direction from the top.

また、遊技ユニット200は、図4〜図6に示すように、センターフレーム90と入賞装置40とを一体的に形成したものである。つまり、センターフレーム90と入賞装置40の後述する本体部材210とが組み付けられることで一体物構造となっている。なお、センターフレーム90と入賞装置40の後述する本体部材210とを分離不可に例えば樹脂成型することで一体物構造としてもよい。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 4 to 6, the game unit 200 is formed by integrally forming the center frame 90 and the winning device 40. That is, the center frame 90 and the main body member 210 described later of the winning device 40 are assembled to form an integral structure. The center frame 90 and the main body member 210 described later of the winning device 40 may be inseparably molded, for example, into an integral structure.

また、遊技盤30は、図2に示すように、その遊技領域30aでの最下部箇所に、第1始動口31や第2始動口33や入賞装置40に入らなかった遊技球Bを回収するアウト口36を備えている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 2, the game board 30 collects the game balls B that did not enter the first start port 31, the second start port 33, or the winning device 40 at the lowermost position in the game area 30a. It has an out port 36.

これらの第1始動口31,第2始動口33,遊技ユニット200(入賞装置40,センターフレーム90)等は、遊技盤30における、ルータ加工によって形成された各貫通孔247a(図示省略)にそれぞれに配設され、遊技盤30の前面側からネジ等により取り付けられている。なお、上述した第1始動口31,第2始動口33は本発明における入球手段に相当する。 These first starting port 31, second starting port 33, game unit 200 (winning device 40, center frame 90) and the like are respectively in each through hole 247a (not shown) formed by router processing in the game board 30. It is arranged in the game board 30 and attached from the front side of the game board 30 with screws or the like. The above-mentioned first starting port 31 and second starting port 33 correspond to the ball entry means in the present invention.

ここで、センターフレーム90の構造について説明する。センターフレーム90は、図2,図4〜図6に示すように、遊技球Bが入球可能な入球口91を例えば左右両側箇所にそれぞれ備えている。また、センターフレーム90は、図2,図4,図6に示すように、この入球口91に入球した遊技球Bを通過案内する案内通路部92と、この案内通路部92で案内された遊技球Bを視認可能に揺動(あるいは転動、移動、一方通行などであってもよい)させる、表示装置60の下方位置に設けられた揺動ステージ93と、この揺動ステージ93で揺動された遊技球Bを表示装置60の下方位置で表示画面61のその画面幅よりも狭い排出範囲で入賞装置40の上部に排出する排出部94とを備えている。 Here, the structure of the center frame 90 will be described. As shown in FIGS. 2, 4 to 6, the center frame 90 is provided with entry openings 91 into which the game ball B can enter, for example, on both the left and right sides. Further, as shown in FIGS. 2, 4, and 6, the center frame 90 is guided by a guide passage portion 92 that guides the passage of the game ball B that has entered the entry port 91 and the guide passage portion 92. A swing stage 93 provided at a lower position of the display device 60 for visually swinging (or rolling, moving, one-way, etc.) the game ball B, and the swing stage 93. A discharge unit 94 is provided at a position below the display device 60 to discharge the swung game ball B to the upper part of the winning device 40 in a discharge range narrower than the screen width of the display screen 61.

揺動ステージ93は、図4に示すように、正面視で幅方向に遊技球Bが揺動する複数段(実施例では2段)の揺動面を備えている。具体的には、この2段の揺動面は、最奥側で上段の第1揺動面93aと、それよりも手前側で且つ下段の第2揺動面93bとで構成されており、第1揺動面93aと第2揺動面93bの順に遊技球Bが流下していくようになっている。 As shown in FIG. 4, the swing stage 93 includes a plurality of steps (two steps in the embodiment) of swing surfaces in which the game ball B swings in the width direction in the front view. Specifically, the two-stage rocking surface is composed of a first rocking surface 93a on the innermost side and a second rocking surface 93b on the front side and lower side. The game ball B flows down in the order of the first rocking surface 93a and the second rocking surface 93b.

排出部94は、図4〜図6に示すように、揺動ステージ93からの遊技球Bを表示装置60の下方位置で表示画面61の画面幅よりも狭い排出範囲で入賞装置40の上部に排出するものである。 As shown in FIGS. 4 to 6, the discharge unit 94 displays the game ball B from the swing stage 93 at a position below the display device 60 and on the upper part of the winning device 40 in a discharge range narrower than the screen width of the display screen 61. It is to be discharged.

続いて、遊技ユニット200でのセンターフレーム90の真下位置の入賞装置40について、図7〜図18も用いて説明する。 Subsequently, the winning device 40 at the position directly below the center frame 90 in the game unit 200 will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 to 18.

図7は、正面右上から見た入賞装置40の概略分解斜視図である。図8は、正面右上から見た入賞装置40の詳細分解斜視図である。図9は、裏面左上から見た入賞装置40の詳細分解斜視図である。図10は、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bが第1振り分け部材230へ案内される様子を示す入賞装置40の内部を正面右上から見た一部破断分解斜視図である。図11は、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bが別通路265を通ってステージ250へ案内される様子を示す入賞装置40の内部を正面右上から見た一部破断斜視図である。図12は、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bが導入通路部222を通って第1振り分け部材230へ案内される様子を示す図であって図6のA−A線断面図である。図13は、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bが導入通路部222を通って第1振り分け部材230へ案内される様子を示す図であって図6のB−B線断面図である。図14は、図13での第1振り分け部材230を除いた図である。図15(a)は第1振り分け部材230の平面図、図15(b)は第2振り分け部材240の平面図、図15(c)は第1振り分け部材230と第2振り分け部材240との位置関係を説明するための平面図である。図16は、入賞装置40のステージ250の平面図である。図17(a)はステージ250の山部252が一方側(特定入賞部260側:下流側)に位置するときの入賞装置40の縦断面図であり、図17(b)は、図17(a)での遊技球Bの流れを説明するための図である。図18(a)はステージ250の山部252が他方側に位置するときの入賞装置40の縦断面図であり、図18(b)は、図18(a)での遊技球Bの流れを説明するための図である。 FIG. 7 is a schematic exploded perspective view of the winning device 40 as viewed from the upper right of the front. FIG. 8 is a detailed exploded perspective view of the winning device 40 as viewed from the upper right of the front. FIG. 9 is a detailed exploded perspective view of the winning device 40 as viewed from the upper left of the back surface. FIG. 10 is a partially broken disassembled perspective view of the inside of the winning device 40 as viewed from the upper right of the front, showing how the game ball B from the opening / closing ball entry portion 220 is guided to the first sorting member 230. FIG. 11 is a partially broken perspective view of the inside of the winning device 40 as viewed from the upper right of the front, showing how the game ball B from the opening / closing entry portion 220 is guided to the stage 250 through the separate passage 265. FIG. 12 is a view showing how the game ball B from the opening / closing ball entry portion 220 is guided to the first distribution member 230 through the introduction passage portion 222, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG. FIG. 13 is a view showing how the game ball B from the opening / closing ball entry portion 220 is guided to the first distribution member 230 through the introduction passage portion 222, and is a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB of FIG. FIG. 14 is a diagram excluding the first sorting member 230 in FIG. 13. 15 (a) is a plan view of the first distribution member 230, FIG. 15 (b) is a plan view of the second distribution member 240, and FIG. 15 (c) is a position of the first distribution member 230 and the second distribution member 240. It is a top view for demonstrating the relationship. FIG. 16 is a plan view of the stage 250 of the winning device 40. FIG. 17A is a vertical cross-sectional view of the winning device 40 when the mountain portion 252 of the stage 250 is located on one side (specific winning portion 260 side: downstream side), and FIG. 17B is FIG. 17 (b). It is a figure for demonstrating the flow of the game ball B in a). FIG. 18A is a vertical cross-sectional view of the winning device 40 when the mountain portion 252 of the stage 250 is located on the other side, and FIG. 18B shows the flow of the game ball B in FIG. 18A. It is a figure for demonstrating.

入賞装置40は、図2,図4〜図6に示すように、入球した遊技球Bの挙動を遊技者に視認させるための内部空間を有する本体部材210と、この本体部材210での排出部94の直下箇所に設けられ、第1始動口31または第2始動口33に遊技球Bが入球したことに基づいて、遊技領域30aでのセンターフレーム90の外部を流下する遊技球Bが入球可能な開状態に変移する開閉入球部220と、この開閉入球部220に入球した遊技球Bを当該入賞装置40の内部に導く導入通路部222と、本体部材210の内部空間に設けられ、導入通路部222で本体部材210の内部空間に案内された遊技球Bを滞留させて振り分ける第1振り分け部材230と、この第1振り分け部材230で振り分けられた遊技球Bを振り分ける可動式の第2振り分け部材240と、この第2振り分け部材240からの遊技球Bや後述する別通路265からの遊技球Bが移動(流下)可能なステージ250と、本体部材210の内部空間でステージ250の一方側に設けられ、第2振り分け部材240で振り分けられた遊技球Bの入球が可能で、且つ、遊技球Bが入球することにより遊技者にとって有利な遊技状態の発生の契機となる特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)と、本体部材210の内部空間でステージ250の一方側に設けられ、この特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)とは別の入賞部であって、第2振り分け部材240で振り分けられた遊技球Bが入球可能な普通入賞部262とを備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 2, 4 to 6, the winning device 40 has a main body member 210 having an internal space for allowing the player to visually recognize the behavior of the entered game ball B, and discharging the main body member 210. A game ball B that is provided directly under the portion 94 and flows down the outside of the center frame 90 in the game area 30a based on the fact that the game ball B enters the first start port 31 or the second start port 33. An opening / closing entry section 220 that shifts to an open state in which a ball can enter, an introduction passage section 222 that guides a game ball B that has entered the opening / closing entry section 220 into the inside of the winning device 40, and an internal space of the main body member 210. The first distribution member 230, which is provided in the introduction passage portion 222 and is guided to the internal space of the main body member 210 to be retained and distributed, and the game ball B distributed by the first distribution member 230 are movable. The second distribution member 240 of the formula, the stage 250 on which the game ball B from the second distribution member 240 and the game ball B from another passage 265, which will be described later, can move (flow down), and the stage in the internal space of the main body member 210. It is possible to enter the game ball B provided on one side of the 250 and distributed by the second distribution member 240, and the game ball B enters the ball, which triggers the generation of a game state advantageous to the player. The specific winning section 260 (V zone) is provided on one side of the stage 250 in the internal space of the main body member 210, and is a winning section different from the specific winning section 260 (V zone), and is a second distribution member. It is equipped with a normal winning section 262 in which the game ball B distributed in 240 can be entered.

なお、この普通入賞部262は、図4に示すように、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)の両側にそれぞれ設けられており、ステージ250を移動(流下)する遊技球Bはこのステージ250の一方側の特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262のいずれかに入球するようになっている。 As shown in FIG. 4, the normal winning section 262 is provided on both sides of the specific winning section 260 (V zone), and the game ball B that moves (flows down) the stage 250 is one of the stages 250. The ball is designed to enter either the specific winning section 260 (V zone) on the side or the normal winning section 262.

本体部材210は、図7〜図9に示すように、その前面側に位置し、視認用開口211aを有する前面側部材211と、その右側に位置する右側部材212と、その左側に位置する左側部材213と、その背面側に位置する背面側部材214と、その上側に位置する上部側部材215と、その底面側に位置する底面側部材216とを備え、これらの前面側部材211と右側部材212と左側部材213と背面側部材214と上部側部材215と底面側部材216とで囲まれた内部空間を形成している。 As shown in FIGS. 7 to 9, the main body member 210 is located on the front side thereof, has a front side member 211 having a viewing opening 211a, a right side member 212 located on the right side thereof, and a left side position on the left side thereof. A member 213, a back surface side member 214 located on the back surface side thereof, an upper side member 215 located on the upper side thereof, and a bottom surface side member 216 located on the bottom surface side thereof, and the front surface side member 211 and the right side member thereof are provided. An internal space is formed by the 212, the left side member 213, the back side member 214, the upper side member 215, and the bottom surface side member 216.

開閉入球部220は、図2,図4に示すように、センターフレーム90の排出部94の直下箇所である、本体部材210での上部側部材215の箇所(図7,図8参照)に設けられている。この開閉入球部220は、第1状態(入球制限状態)では、センターフレーム90の排出部94からの遊技球Bが入球可能であるが、遊技領域30aでのセンターフレーム90の外部を流下する遊技球Bの入球が困難(あるいは不可としてもよい)となっている。また、開閉入球部220は、第1始動口31または第2始動口33に遊技球Bが入球したことに基づいて第1状態(入球制限状態)よりも開いた第2状態(入球制限解除状態、例えば開状態)となり、この第2状態(入球制限解除状態、例えば開状態)では、排出部94からの遊技球Bが入球可能であり、且つ、センターフレーム90の外部を流下する遊技球Bが第1状態(入球制限状態)よりも入球し易くなっている。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 4, the opening / closing ball entry portion 220 is located at a location (see FIGS. 7 and 8) of the upper member 215 of the main body member 210, which is a location directly below the discharge portion 94 of the center frame 90. It is provided. In the first state (ball entry restricted state), the open / closed ball entry portion 220 allows the game ball B from the discharge portion 94 of the center frame 90 to enter the ball, but the outside of the center frame 90 in the game area 30a can be entered. It is difficult (or even impossible) to enter the flowing game ball B. Further, the opening / closing entry portion 220 is in a second state (entry) that is more open than the first state (entry restricted state) based on the fact that the game ball B has entered the first start opening 31 or the second start opening 33. The ball restriction release state (for example, the open state) is set, and in this second state (ball entry restriction release state, for example, the open state), the game ball B from the discharge unit 94 can enter the ball and is outside the center frame 90. The game ball B flowing down is easier to enter than in the first state (entry restricted state).

なお、本実施例とは異なる遊技ユニット200としてもよい。つまり、センターフレーム90は図6に二点鎖線で示す通路板を設けたものとし、この通路板の両端に閉状態の一対の羽根41a,41bの先端側が当接または近接し、開状態の一対の羽根41a,41bの先端側と通路板の両端との間に開口を形成するようにすることで、センターフレーム90の排出部94からの遊技球Bがこの通路板上を左右のどちらかの方向に流下し、一対の羽根41a,41bが閉状態であればその通路板からの遊技球Bが開閉入球部220に入球せずに遊技領域30aに排出され、一対の羽根41a,41bが開状態であればその通路板からの遊技球Bが当該開口(開状態の一対の羽根41a,41bの先端側と通路板の両端との間に形成される開口のこと)を介して開閉入球部220に入球されるようにしてもよい。 The game unit 200 may be different from the present embodiment. That is, the center frame 90 is provided with a passage plate shown by a two-dot chain line in FIG. 6, and the tip ends of the pair of blades 41a and 41b in the closed state are in contact with or close to both ends of the passage plate, and the pair is in the open state. By forming an opening between the tip end side of the blades 41a and 41b and both ends of the passage plate, the game ball B from the discharge portion 94 of the center frame 90 can be placed on either the left or right side of the passage plate. If the pair of blades 41a and 41b flow down in the direction and the pair of blades 41a and 41b are closed, the game ball B from the passage plate is discharged to the game area 30a without entering the opening / closing entry portion 220, and the pair of blades 41a and 41b. If is in the open state, the game ball B from the passage plate opens and closes through the opening (the opening formed between the tip end side of the pair of blades 41a and 41b in the open state and both ends of the passage plate). The ball may be entered into the ball entry portion 220.

具体的には、開閉入球部220は、図2に示すように、遊技球Bが入球可能な開口41eと、入賞装置40の上部において開口41eの両側で左右一対となるように配置された羽根41a,41bとを備えており、この羽根41a,41bは羽根駆動装置49(図3参照)によって開閉動作が駆動される。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 2, the opening / closing ball entry portions 220 are arranged so as to form a pair on both sides of the opening 41e in which the game ball B can enter and the opening 41e in the upper part of the winning device 40. The blades 41a and 41b are provided with blades 41a and 41b, and the blades 41a and 41b are driven to open and close by the blade driving device 49 (see FIG. 3).

開閉入球部220は、図5に示すように、一対の羽根41a,41bがその下端側の軸部41cを軸心として先端側が互いに離れるように回動して開くことで遊技領域30aでのセンターフレーム90の外部を流下する遊技球Bが入球可能な第2状態(入球制限解除状態、例えば開状態)と、図4に示すように、一対の羽根41a,41bが軸部41cを軸心として先端側が第2状態(入球制限解除状態、例えば開状態)よりも互いに近づくように回動した第1状態(入球制限状態)とに変移可能なものであり、且つ、一対の羽根41a,41bはその開状態においてセンターフレーム90および入賞装置40の横幅内に位置している。 As shown in FIG. 5, the opening / closing ball opening / closing portion 220 is opened by rotating the pair of blades 41a and 41b so that the tip ends are separated from each other with the shaft portion 41c on the lower end side as the axis. A second state in which the game ball B flowing down the outside of the center frame 90 can enter (a state in which the entry restriction is released, for example, an open state) and a pair of blades 41a and 41b form the shaft portion 41c as shown in FIG. It is possible to shift to the first state (ball entry restriction state) in which the tip side is rotated so as to be closer to each other than the second state (ball entry restriction release state, for example, open state) as the axis, and a pair. The blades 41a and 41b are located within the width of the center frame 90 and the winning device 40 in the open state.

開閉入球部220は、羽根41a,41bの第1状態(入球制限状態:図4参照)または第2状態(入球制限解除状態、例えば開状態:図5参照)に依らずにセンターフレーム90の排出部94からの遊技球Bが入賞装置40内へ入賞可能であるが、図4に示す羽根41a,41bの第1状態(入球制限状態)では、遊技領域30aでのセンターフレーム90の外部を流下する遊技球Bが困難であり、図5に示す羽根41a,41bの第2状態(入球制限解除状態)では、遊技領域30aでのセンターフレーム90の外部を流下する遊技球Bも入賞装置40内へ入賞することが可能となる。 The opening / closing entry portion 220 has a center frame regardless of the first state (ball entry restriction state: see FIG. 4) or the second state (ball entry restriction release state, for example, open state: see FIG. 5) of the blades 41a and 41b. The game ball B from the discharge unit 94 of the 90 can win a prize in the winning device 40, but in the first state (ball entry restricted state) of the blades 41a and 41b shown in FIG. 4, the center frame 90 in the game area 30a. It is difficult for the game ball B to flow down the outside of the center frame 90 in the game area 30a in the second state (the ball entry restriction release state) of the blades 41a and 41b shown in FIG. It is possible to win a prize in the winning device 40.

また、一対の羽根41a,41bは、第1始動口31への入球検出から所定時間(例えば1秒)後に、所定の開放(本実施例では、例えば2秒間の1回開き)がされるようになっている。さらに、この羽根41a,41bは、第2始動口33への入球検出から所定時間(例えば1秒)後に、所定の開放(本実施例では、例えば2秒間の1回開きを連続2回行う)がされるようになっている。なお、この開放時間を2秒以外の任意の時間(例えば1.8秒などの任意の時間)に変更してもよい。 Further, the pair of blades 41a and 41b are opened in a predetermined time (for example, once for 2 seconds in this embodiment) after a predetermined time (for example, 1 second) from the detection of the ball entering the first starting port 31. It has become like. Further, the blades 41a and 41b perform a predetermined opening (in this embodiment, for example, once for 2 seconds, twice in succession) after a predetermined time (for example, 1 second) from the detection of the ball entering the second starting port 33. ) Is to be done. The opening time may be changed to an arbitrary time other than 2 seconds (for example, an arbitrary time such as 1.8 seconds).

導入通路部222は、図10〜図12に示すように、開閉入球部220の開口41eから入球した遊技球Bを当該開閉入球部220の略中央箇所で一旦奥方向に案内してから横方向に案内する一対のL字通路223を左右対象に並べた状態で備えるとともに、両L字通路223の下流側にそれぞれ連通されて遊技球Bを手前側に案内する一対の手前向き通路224を備えている。なお、この導入通路部222での一対のL字通路223は、図7,図12に示すように、上部側部材215に設けられている。また、導入通路部222の右側の手前向き通路224は、図7,図12に示すように、右側部材212の上部側に設けられている。導入通路部222の左側の手前向き通路224は、図11,図12に示すように、左側部材213の上部側に設けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 10 to 12, the introduction passage portion 222 once guides the game ball B that has entered through the opening 41e of the opening / closing entry portion 220 toward the back at a substantially central portion of the opening / closing entry portion 220. A pair of L-shaped passages 223 that guide laterally from the to the left and right are provided in a state of being arranged symmetrically, and a pair of front-facing passages that are communicated with each other on the downstream side of both L-shaped passages 223 and guide the game ball B to the front side. It is equipped with 224. The pair of L-shaped passages 223 in the introduction passage portion 222 are provided on the upper member 215 as shown in FIGS. 7 and 12. Further, the front-facing passage 224 on the right side of the introduction passage portion 222 is provided on the upper side of the right side member 212 as shown in FIGS. 7 and 12. The front-facing passage 224 on the left side of the introduction passage portion 222 is provided on the upper side of the left side member 213 as shown in FIGS. 11 and 12.

第1振り分け部材230は、図10,図12,図13および図15(a)に示すように、左側の導入通路部222の下流側(つまり、左側の手前向き通路224の下流側)と右側の導入通路部222の下流側(つまり、右側の手前向き通路224の下流側)とを橋渡すように連通した第1通路231および第2通路232からなる分岐通路233を備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 10, 12, 13, and 15 (a), the first distribution member 230 is located on the downstream side of the introduction passage portion 222 on the left side (that is, on the downstream side of the front-facing passage 224 on the left side) and on the right side. It is provided with a branch passage 233 including a first passage 231 and a second passage 232 that communicate with each other so as to bridge the downstream side of the introduction passage portion 222 (that is, the downstream side of the front facing passage 224 on the right side).

この分岐通路233の第1通路231は、奥側に位置しており、この第1通路231の通路中間位置に、第2振り分け部材240に向けて遊技球Bを落下させるための排出孔231aを備えている。後述するように第1通路231からの遊技球Bは、第2振り分け部材240からステージ250を介してまたは直接に特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262に向けて広範囲に排出されるため、第2通路232よりも特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入り難くなっている。 The first passage 231 of the branch passage 233 is located on the back side, and a discharge hole 231a for dropping the game ball B toward the second distribution member 240 is provided at the middle position of the passage of the first passage 231. I have. As will be described later, the game ball B from the first passage 231 is widely discharged from the second distribution member 240 via the stage 250 or directly toward the specific winning section 260 (V zone) or the normal winning section 262. Therefore, it is more difficult to enter the specific winning section 260 (V zone) than the second passage 232.

また、分岐通路233の第2通路232は、手前側に位置しており、正面視で両端側のよりも中央側の方が低くなった揺動通路となっており、この第2通路232の通路中間位置には、第2振り分け部材240に向けて遊技球Bを排出させるための排出傾斜部232aを備えている。つまり、第2通路232は、遊技球Bをその通路方向に揺動させて第2振り分け部材240に向けて排出し、この第2振り分け部材240から特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262のいずれかに直接に排出される。 Further, the second passage 232 of the branch passage 233 is located on the front side, and is a swing passage in which the center side is lower than the both end sides in the front view. At the middle position of the passage, a discharge inclined portion 232a for discharging the game ball B toward the second distribution member 240 is provided. That is, the second passage 232 swings the game ball B in the direction of the passage and discharges the game ball B toward the second distribution member 240, and the specific winning unit 260 (V zone) or the normal winning unit is discharged from the second distribution member 240. Directly ejected to any of 262.

さらに、第1振り分け部材230は、図10および後述する図31に示すように、第2通路232の遊技球Bの入力端と段差無く連通された連通路310と、平面視の連通路310での第2通路232からの遊技球Bの出入箇所以外の止め箇所に位置することで第2通路232への遊技球Bの供給を止める止め状態となり、且つ、その出入箇所以外の箇所であって当該止め箇所から退避した退避箇所に位置することで第2通路232への遊技球Bの供給を可能とする止め解除状態となる可動式の規制部材312とを備えている。なお、図10で一点鎖線円内に拡大図示しているように、規制部材312が止め状態(斜め姿勢となっている状態)では、遊技球Bは第1通路231に案内される。 Further, as shown in FIG. 10 and FIG. 31 described later, the first distribution member 230 is a communication passage 310 that communicates with the input end of the game ball B of the second passage 232 without a step, and a communication passage 310 in a plan view. By being located at a stop point other than the entry / exit point of the game ball B from the second passage 232, the supply of the game ball B to the second passage 232 is stopped, and the place is other than the entry / exit point. It is provided with a movable restricting member 312 that is in a stop-released state, which enables the game ball B to be supplied to the second passage 232 by being located at the evacuation point retracted from the stop point. As shown in the enlarged view in the alternate long and short dash line circle in FIG. 10, the game ball B is guided to the first passage 231 in the stopped state (the state in which the regulating member 312 is in the slanted posture).

つまり、規制部材312は、図31(a),(b)に示す止め解除状態時には第2通路232に遊技球Bを案内し、図31(c),(d)に示す止め状態時には第2通路232への案内が当該規制部材312で阻止されて第1通路231に遊技球Bを案内する。 That is, the regulating member 312 guides the game ball B to the second passage 232 in the stopped release state shown in FIGS. 31 (a) and 31 (b), and the second in the stopped state shown in FIGS. 31 (c) and 31 (d). The guidance to the passage 232 is blocked by the regulation member 312, and the game ball B is guided to the first passage 231.

もう少し具体的に説明すると、規制部材312は、図31(a),(b)に示す止め解除状態では、手前向き通路224の通路面よりも一段下がった箇所に当該規制部材312が上方向に出っ張ることなく水平姿勢で収まるため、手前向き通路224からの遊技球Bが規制部材312上をそのまま通り過ぎて連通路310に到達し、第2通路232に遊技球Bを案内する。これに対して、図31(c),(d)に示す止め状態では、手前向き通路224の通路面よりも高い箇所に当該規制部材312が上方向に出っ張った傾斜姿勢となるため、第2通路232への案内が当該規制部材312で阻止されて第1通路231に遊技球Bを案内する。 More specifically, in the restricting member 312 in the stop release state shown in FIGS. 31 (a) and 31 (b), the restricting member 312 is moved upward at a position one step lower than the passage surface of the front facing passage 224. Since it fits in the horizontal posture without protruding, the game ball B from the front-facing passage 224 passes over the regulation member 312 as it is and reaches the continuous passage 310, and guides the game ball B to the second passage 232. On the other hand, in the stopped state shown in FIGS. 31 (c) and 31 (d), the restricting member 312 is in an inclined posture in which the restricting member 312 protrudes upward at a position higher than the passage surface of the front facing passage 224. The guidance to the passage 232 is blocked by the regulation member 312, and the game ball B is guided to the first passage 231.

また、規制部材312は、通常時には止め状態となっており、解除条件成立時の所定期間(本実施例では、第1始動口31または第2始動口33への入賞後の所定期間)は止め解除状態となっている。具体的には、後述するように第1始動口31または第2始動口33への入賞に基づいて、入賞装置40の羽根41a,41bが同時に1回開放(2秒間開放)または2回開放(2秒間開放を2回行う)するが、これに同期して規制部材312が所定期間(例えば、0.2秒間)止め解除状態となる。開状態の羽根41a,41bから入球した遊技球Bが規制部材312に到達し得る期間の一部の期間において規制部材312の止め解除状態を実現するために、厳密に言えば、入賞装置40の羽根41a,41bが開いた時から例えば1秒後に規制部材312を0.2秒間の間止め解除状態としている。 Further, the restricting member 312 is normally stopped, and is stopped for a predetermined period when the release condition is satisfied (in this embodiment, a predetermined period after winning a prize in the first starting port 31 or the second starting port 33). It is in the released state. Specifically, as will be described later, the blades 41a and 41b of the winning device 40 are simultaneously opened once (opened for 2 seconds) or twice (opened for 2 seconds) based on the winning of the first starting port 31 or the second starting port 33 (opening for 2 seconds). (Opening is performed twice for 2 seconds), and in synchronization with this, the restricting member 312 is in the stop release state for a predetermined period (for example, 0.2 seconds). Strictly speaking, in order to realize the stop release state of the regulating member 312 during a part of the period during which the game ball B entering from the open blades 41a and 41b can reach the regulating member 312, the winning device 40 The restricting member 312 is released from the stop for 0.2 seconds, for example, 1 second after the blades 41a and 41b of the above are opened.

規制部材312は、図31に示すように、止め状態または止め解除状態のいずれの状態においても連通路310の上方箇所が吹き抜かれた切り欠き部314を備えている。つまり、本実施例では、規制部材312の切り欠き部314は、図31(a)に示すように、平面視した状態おいて、連通路310での第2通路232からの遊技球Bの出入箇所に存しないように開放した略コの字形状としている。 As shown in FIG. 31, the regulating member 312 includes a notch portion 314 in which the upper portion of the communication passage 310 is blown out in either the stopped state or the stopped release state. That is, in this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 31A, the cutout portion 314 of the regulating member 312 is in a plan view state, and the game ball B enters and exits from the second passage 232 in the continuous passage 310. It has an abbreviated U-shape that is open so that it does not exist in the place.

さらに、第1振り分け部材230は、図10に示すように、規制部材312の止め状態または止め解除状態への状態変移に伴って一体駆動または連動する装飾部材316を備えている。つまり、規制部材312の前面側部分は、装飾のための装飾部材316としている。なお、規制部材312の前面側に別体の装飾部材316を取り付けたりしてもよい。 Further, as shown in FIG. 10, the first distribution member 230 includes a decorative member 316 that is integrally driven or interlocked with the change of the state of the regulation member 312 to the stop state or the stop release state. That is, the front side portion of the regulation member 312 is a decorative member 316 for decoration. A separate decorative member 316 may be attached to the front surface side of the regulating member 312.

ここで、右側部材212での規制部材312を止め状態または止め解除状態に変移させる変移機構部320の構成について説明する。右側部材212での変移機構部320は、図10に示すように、右側部材212の前面上部側箇所であって手前向き通路224の先端箇所に状態変移可能に設けられた規制部材312と、この規制部材312の突起部312aが先端側の取付孔322aに挿入され、且つ、右側部材212の内部に中央箇所が軸支された略くの字形状の伝達部材322と、この伝達部材322の基端側に近い箇所に形成された操作突起部322bが挿入される取付孔324aを有する接続部材324と、この接続部材324が取り付けられる可動片326aを基準位置とこの基準位置よりも突出した突出位置とに変移可能な装飾部材用ソレノイド326とを備えている。 Here, the configuration of the transition mechanism unit 320 that shifts the regulation member 312 in the right side member 212 to the stopped state or the stopped release state will be described. As shown in FIG. 10, the transfer mechanism unit 320 in the right side member 212 is a front upper side portion of the right side member 212 and is provided at the tip end portion of the front facing passage 224 so as to be capable of changing the state. An abbreviated transmission member 322 in which the protrusion 312a of the regulation member 312 is inserted into the mounting hole 322a on the tip end side and the central portion is pivotally supported inside the right side member 212, and the base of the transmission member 322. A connecting member 324 having a mounting hole 324a into which an operating protrusion 322b formed near the end side is inserted, and a movable piece 326a to which the connecting member 324 is mounted are placed at a reference position and a protruding position protruding from the reference position. It is equipped with a solenoid 326 for decorative members that can be transformed into and.

つまり、装飾部材用ソレノイド326の可動片326aが突出位置に位置している場合には、この可動片326aに取り付けられた接続部材324も突出しており、この接続部材324の突出により伝達部材322が下げ姿勢となり、この下げ姿勢の伝達部材322の先端側の取付孔322aが下側に位置し、この下側位置の取付孔322aに挿入された規制部材312の突起部312aも下側に位置することから、規制部材312が止め状態(傾斜姿勢)となり、第2通路232への案内を阻止した状態となるとともに規制部材312と一体な装飾部材316も規制部材312の止め状態を示す状態となる。 That is, when the movable piece 326a of the decorative member solenoid 326 is located at the protruding position, the connecting member 324 attached to the movable piece 326a also protrudes, and the protruding connecting member 324 causes the transmission member 322 to protrude. In the lowered posture, the mounting hole 322a on the tip end side of the transmission member 322 in the lowered posture is located on the lower side, and the protrusion 312a of the regulating member 312 inserted into the mounting hole 322a in the lower position is also located on the lower side. Therefore, the regulating member 312 is in a stopped state (inclined posture), the guidance to the second passage 232 is blocked, and the decorative member 316 integrated with the regulating member 312 is also in a stopped state of the regulating member 312. ..

これとは逆に、装飾部材用ソレノイド326の可動片326aが基準位置に位置している場合には、この可動片326aに取り付けられた接続部材324も突出しておらず、この突出していない接続部材324により伝達部材322が上げ姿勢となり、この上げ姿勢の伝達部材322の先端側の取付孔322aの位置が下げ位置よりも上がった上げ位置に位置し、この上げ位置の取付孔322aに挿入された規制部材312の突起部312aも上げ位置に位置することから、規制部材312が止め解除状態(水平姿勢)となり、第2通路232への案内が可能な状態となるとともに規制部材312と一体な装飾部材316も規制部材312の止め解除状態を示す状態となる。 On the contrary, when the movable piece 326a of the decorative member solenoid 326 is located at the reference position, the connecting member 324 attached to the movable piece 326a also does not project, and the non-projecting connecting member Due to the 324, the transmission member 322 is in a raised posture, and the position of the mounting hole 322a on the tip end side of the transmission member 322 in this raised posture is located at a raised position higher than the lowered position, and is inserted into the mounting hole 322a at this raised position. Since the protrusion 312a of the regulating member 312 is also located in the raised position, the regulating member 312 is in the stop release state (horizontal posture), and the guidance to the second passage 232 is possible, and the decoration is integrated with the regulating member 312. The member 316 is also in a state of indicating the stop release state of the regulation member 312.

なお、左側部材213での変移機構部320の構成についても上記と同様であるため、その説明を省略する。 Since the configuration of the transition mechanism unit 320 in the left side member 213 is the same as described above, the description thereof will be omitted.

なおここで、第2振り分け部材240およびその駆動機構部270の構成等について、図19〜図29も用いて説明する。 Here, the configuration and the like of the second distribution member 240 and the drive mechanism unit 270 thereof will be described with reference to FIGS. 19 to 29.

図19は、入賞装置40内を平面視したときの第2振り分け部材240の左右方向の揺動動作を示す図である。図20(a)〜(c)は、第2振り分け部材240が最大左側振り位置から中央位置までの揺動変移を示す平面図である。図21(a),(b)は、図20(c)に続いて第2振り分け部材240が最大右側振り位置までの揺動変移を示す平面図である。図22(a)は、最大左側振り位置の第2振り分け部材240とその駆動機構部270を示す平面図であり、図22(b)は、それとは逆に最大右側振り位置での図である。図23(a)は、第2振り分け部材240が水平姿勢状態のときの入賞装置40を右側から見た縦断面図であり、図23(b)は、第2振り分け部材240が上向き姿勢状態のときの縦断面図である。図24は、第2振り分け部材240の上下方向の揺動動作を示す図である。図25(a)は、第2振り分け部材240が図19の各三状態の間の中間状態のときの図であり、図25(b)は、その(a)での一点鎖線で示す第2振り分け部材240が上向き姿勢状態であることを示す縦断面図である。図26(a),(b)は、左上向き状態の第2振り分け部材240の側面図および平面図であり、図26(c),(d)は、右上向き状態の第2振り分け部材240の側面図および平面図である。図27(a)〜(d)は、水平姿勢状態の第2振り分け部材240の正面図、C−C線縦断面、平面図およびD−D線縦断面、図27(e)〜(f)は、上向き姿勢状態の第2振り分け部材240の平面図、E−E線縦断面および右側面図、図27(h),(i)は、水平姿勢状態の第2振り分け部材240の平面図、F−F線縦断面である。図28は、背面側部材214の前方右上から見た分解斜視図である。図29は、背面側部材214の後方左上から見た分解斜視図である。 FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a left-right swing operation of the second sorting member 240 when the inside of the winning device 40 is viewed in a plan view. 20 (a) to 20 (c) are plan views showing the swing transition of the second sorting member 240 from the maximum left swing position to the center position. 21 (a) and 21 (b) are plan views showing the swing transition of the second sorting member 240 to the maximum right swing position following FIG. 20 (c). FIG. 22 (a) is a plan view showing the second distribution member 240 at the maximum left swing position and its drive mechanism unit 270, and FIG. 22 (b) is a view at the maximum right swing position on the contrary. .. FIG. 23 (a) is a vertical cross-sectional view of the winning device 40 when the second distribution member 240 is in the horizontal posture state, and FIG. 23 (b) is a vertical sectional view of the winning device 40 when the second distribution member 240 is in the upward posture state. It is a vertical cross-sectional view of the time. FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a vertical swing operation of the second distribution member 240. 25 (a) is a diagram when the second distribution member 240 is in an intermediate state between each of the three states of FIG. 19, and FIG. 25 (b) is a second diagram shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 19 (a). It is a vertical sectional view which shows that the distribution member 240 is in an upward posture state. 26 (a) and 26 (b) are side views and plan views of the second sorting member 240 in the upper left facing state, and FIGS. 26 (c) and 26 (d) are the second sorting member 240 in the upper right facing state. It is a side view and a plan view. 27 (a) to 27 (d) are a front view of the second sorting member 240 in a horizontal posture state, a vertical cross section taken along the line CC, a plan view and a vertical cross section taken along the line DD, FIGS. 27 (e) to 27 (f). Is a plan view of the second sorting member 240 in the upward posture state, a vertical cross section and a right side view of the EE line, and FIGS. 27 (h) and 27 (i) are plan views of the second sorting member 240 in the horizontal posture state. FF line vertical cross section. FIG. 28 is an exploded perspective view of the back side member 214 as viewed from the front upper right. FIG. 29 is an exploded perspective view of the back side member 214 as viewed from the rear upper left.

第2振り分け部材240は、図7に示すように、その背面側が、背面側部材214に設けられた駆動機構部270によって正面視で左右方向および上下方向に駆動される被駆動部材271に連結されている。この被駆動部材271は、本実施例では図11に二点鎖線矢印で示すように正面視で略M字状(二山状)に往復駆動(揺動)されることから、それに連結された第2振り分け部材240は、その背面側の被駆動部材271を駆動軸心として図6に二点鎖線矢印で示すように往復駆動(揺動)される。つまり、図19に示すように、入賞装置40内を平面視すると、第2振り分け部材240は左右方向に揺動されるとともに、図19での三状態では第2振り分け部材240は図23(a)に示すように水平状態であり、図25(a)に一点鎖線で示す図19での各三状態の間の中間状態では、図25(b)に示すように第2振り分け部材240の先端側を上向きとした状態となっている。 As shown in FIG. 7, the rear side of the second distribution member 240 is connected to the driven member 271 which is driven in the left-right direction and the up-down direction in the front view by the drive mechanism unit 270 provided on the back side member 214. ing. In this embodiment, the driven member 271 is reciprocally driven (swinged) in a substantially M-shape (two-mountain shape) in front view as shown by the two-dot chain arrow in FIG. 11, and is therefore connected to the driven member 271. The second distribution member 240 is reciprocally driven (swinged) as shown by the two-dot chain arrow in FIG. 6 with the driven member 271 on the back surface side as the drive axis. That is, as shown in FIG. 19, when the inside of the winning device 40 is viewed in a plan view, the second distribution member 240 is swung in the left-right direction, and in the three states in FIG. 19, the second distribution member 240 is shown in FIG. 23 (a). ), And in the intermediate state between each of the three states in FIG. 19 shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 25 (a), the tip of the second sorting member 240 is shown in FIG. 25 (b). It is in a state where the side is facing up.

具体的には、第2振り分け部材240は、正面視で中央に位置で略水平姿勢で先端側が正面側に向いた中央水平状態(図20(c)でかつ図23(a)の状態)と、先端側が右側に最大振られて略水平姿勢の右水平状態(図21(b)でかつ図23(a)の状態)と、先端側が左側に最大振られて略水平姿勢の左水平状態(図20(a)でかつ図23(a)の状態)と、中央水平状態と右水平状態との中間位置で先端側が最大に上向きとなる右上向き状態(図21(a)でかつ図23(b)の状態)と、中央水平状態と左水平状態との中間位置で先端側が最大に上向きとなる左上向き状態(図20(b)でかつ図23(b)の状態)とに変移可能である。 Specifically, the second sorting member 240 is in a central horizontal state (the state of FIG. 20 (c) and FIG. 23 (a)) in which the tip side faces the front side in a substantially horizontal posture at the center position in the front view. , The tip side is maximally swung to the right and the right horizontal state of the substantially horizontal posture (the state of FIG. 21 (b) and FIG. 23 (a)), and the tip side is swung to the left maximum and the left horizontal state of the substantially horizontal posture (the state of FIG. FIG. 20A and FIG. 23A) and the upper right facing state (FIG. 21A and FIG. 23) in which the tip side is maximally upward at the intermediate position between the central horizontal state and the right horizontal state. It is possible to shift between the state of b)) and the upper left facing state (the state of FIG. 20 (b) and FIG. 23 (b)) in which the tip side is maximally upward at the intermediate position between the central horizontal state and the left horizontal state. be.

そして、この第2振り分け部材240は、中央水平状態(図20(c)でかつ図23(a)の状態)→右上向き状態(図21(a)でかつ図23(b)の状態)→右水平状態(図21(b)でかつ図23(a)の状態)→右上向き状態→中央水平状態→左上向き状態(図20(b)でかつ図23(b)の状態)→左水平状態(図20(a)でかつ図23(a)の状態)→左上向き状態→中央水平状態を一周期とする往復駆動が繰り返しされるようになっている。なお本実施例では、最初(パチンコ機10の電源投入時など)に右側に振ってから左側に振るようにしているが、それとは逆に、最初(パチンコ機10の電源投入時など)に左側に振ってから右側に振るような往復駆動であってもよい。 Then, the second sorting member 240 is in a central horizontal state (state of FIG. 20 (c) and FIG. 23 (a)) → upper right facing state (state of FIG. 21 (a) and FIG. 23 (b)) →. Right horizontal state (state in FIG. 21 (b) and FIG. 23 (a)) → upper right facing state → center horizontal state → upper left facing state (state in FIG. 20 (b) and FIG. 23 (b)) → left horizontal The reciprocating drive with one cycle of the state (the state of FIG. 20A and the state of FIG. 23A) → the upper left facing state → the central horizontal state is repeated. In this embodiment, the machine is first shaken to the right (when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, etc.) and then to the left, but conversely, the left side is first shaken (when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, etc.). It may be a reciprocating drive such as shaking to the right side after shaking to.

なお、本実施例では、第2振り分け部材240は、常時振り分け動作(上述した往復駆動)をしているが、大当たり状態のときに振り分け動作が停止し、且つ、通常の遊技状態(大当たり状態以外の遊技状態)に振り分け動作する構成としてもよく、大当たり状態後の通常の遊技状態開始時に振り分け動作を開始するようにしてもよい。また、第2振り分け部材240は、少なくとも各ラウンド開始時に中央水平状態から往復動作するようにしてもよい。また、第2振り分け部材240は、始動入賞時(第1始動口31や第2始動口33への遊技球Bの入球)に所定時間(例えば、3秒間など)振り分け動作するようにしてもよい。 In this embodiment, the second distribution member 240 is constantly performing the distribution operation (reciprocating drive described above), but the distribution operation is stopped when the jackpot state is reached, and the normal gaming state (other than the jackpot state). The distribution operation may be started at the start of the normal game state after the jackpot state. Further, the second distribution member 240 may be reciprocated from the central horizontal state at least at the start of each round. Further, the second distribution member 240 may be configured to perform a distribution operation for a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) at the time of starting winning (the ball B enters the first starting port 31 or the second starting port 33). good.

第2振り分け部材240は、図13および図15(b),(c)に示すように、第1振り分け部材230の第1通路231の排出孔231aから排出された遊技球Bが供給され得る被供給部241と、この被供給部241から四方向に振り分ける第1〜第4振分通路242〜245と、第1振り分け部材230の第2通路232の排出傾斜部232aから排出された遊技球Bを受ける受け皿部247と、この受け皿部247に設けられた貫通孔247aに連通されて当該貫通孔247aを通った遊技球Bを前方向に出力する第5振分通路246とを備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 13 and 15 (b) and 15 (c), the second distribution member 240 is a subject to which the game ball B discharged from the discharge hole 231a of the first passage 231 of the first distribution member 230 can be supplied. The game ball B discharged from the supply unit 241, the first to fourth distribution passages 242 to 245 that distribute from the supplied unit 241 in four directions, and the discharge inclined portion 232a of the second passage 232 of the first distribution member 230. It is provided with a receiving tray portion 247 and a fifth distribution passage 246 that is communicated with a through hole 247a provided in the receiving tray portion 247 and outputs a game ball B passing through the through hole 247a in the forward direction.

第2振り分け部材240の第5振分通路246は、図27(a),(b)に示すように、その奥側が登り山部となっているため、受け皿部247の貫通孔247aを通った遊技球Bを前方向にのみ出力可能となっており、中央水平状態(図20(c)でかつ図23(a)の状態)では下り傾斜の通路となっている。なお、図27(g)に示すように第2振り分け部材240が上向き状態となると、第5振分通路246の下り傾斜が上り傾斜に変移するため、この状態では遊技球Bが当該第5振分通路246内で止められて排出されないあるいは排出されないことが多い。 As shown in FIGS. 27 (a) and 27 (b), the fifth distribution passage 246 of the second distribution member 240 passes through the through hole 247a of the saucer portion 247 because the back side thereof is a climbing mountain portion. The game ball B can be output only in the forward direction, and in the central horizontal state (the state of FIG. 20 (c) and the state of FIG. 23 (a)), the passage is a downward slope. As shown in FIG. 27 (g), when the second distribution member 240 is in the upward state, the downward slope of the fifth distribution passage 246 shifts to the upward slope. Therefore, in this state, the game ball B is in the fifth swing. It is often stopped in the shunt passage 246 and not discharged or discharged.

また、第2振り分け部材240の被供給部241は、図27(c),(d)に示すように、供給されてきた遊技球Bを左右に振り分けるために、その底面が山状となっており、図27(d)に示すように中央水平状態(図20(c)でかつ図23(a)の状態)では例えば、左側に振り分けられた遊技球Bは、第1振分通路242よりも低い第2振分通路243から前方向に出力されるし、右側に振り分けられた遊技球Bも同様に、第4振分通路245よりも低い第3振分通路244から前方向に出力されるようになっている。これに対して、図27(g)に示すように上向き状態となると、例えば、左側に振り分けられた遊技球Bは、第1振分通路242が第2振分通路243よりも低くなり、この第1振分通路242から左方向に出力されるし、右側に振り分けられた遊技球Bも同様に、第4振分通路245が第3振分通路244よりも低くなり、この第4振分通路245から右方向に出力される。なお、第2振分通路243および第3振分通路244は、図27(h),(i)に示すように、中央水平状態(図20(c)でかつ図23(a)の状態)では下り傾斜の通路となっている。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 27 (c) and 27 (d), the supplied portion 241 of the second distribution member 240 has a mountain-shaped bottom surface in order to distribute the supplied game ball B to the left and right. As shown in FIG. 27 (d), in the central horizontal state (the state of FIG. 20 (c) and FIG. 23 (a)), for example, the game ball B distributed to the left side is from the first distribution passage 242. The low second distribution passage 243 is output forward, and the game ball B distributed to the right side is also output forward from the third distribution passage 244, which is lower than the fourth distribution passage 245. It has become so. On the other hand, in the upward state as shown in FIG. 27 (g), for example, in the game ball B distributed to the left side, the first distribution passage 242 becomes lower than the second distribution passage 243, and this The game ball B, which is output to the left from the first distribution passage 242 and is distributed to the right side, also has the fourth distribution passage 245 lower than the third distribution passage 244, and this fourth distribution. It is output to the right from the passage 245. As shown in FIGS. 27 (h) and 27 (i), the second distribution passage 243 and the third distribution passage 244 are in the central horizontal state (the state of FIG. 20 (c) and the state of FIG. 23 (a)). Then it is a downhill passage.

前述したように、第2振り分け部材240は、図20(b),図21(a)に示すように、遊技球Bをステージ250の転動領域251の幅方向に振り分け出力する第1振分通路242および第4振分通路245を備えている。 As described above, the second distribution member 240 distributes and outputs the game ball B in the width direction of the rolling region 251 of the stage 250 as shown in FIGS. 20 (b) and 21 (a). It is provided with a passage 242 and a fourth distribution passage 245.

また、図19に示すように第2振り分け部材240の先端側が転動領域251の下流端まで存しているため、その第5振分通路246は、図20(c)に示すように、遊技球Bをステージ250を介さずに特定入賞部260に向けて前方向に出力するし、その第2振分通路243は、図21(b)に示すように、遊技球Bをステージ250を介さずに特定入賞部260に向けて前方向に出力するし、その第3振分通路244は、図20(a)に示すように、遊技球Bをステージ250を介さずに特定入賞部260に向けて前方向に出力するようになっている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 19, since the tip end side of the second distribution member 240 extends to the downstream end of the rolling region 251, the fifth distribution passage 246 is a game as shown in FIG. 20 (c). The ball B is output forward toward the specific winning unit 260 without going through the stage 250, and the second distribution passage 243 thereof passes the game ball B through the stage 250 as shown in FIG. 21 (b). The third distribution passage 244 outputs the game ball B to the specific winning unit 260 without going through the stage 250, as shown in FIG. 20A. It is designed to output in the forward direction.

また、第2振り分け部材240は、例えば、単一色あるいは複数色に着色された不透明部材としており、樹脂成型品としている。なお、透明樹脂成型品としその後に外面を塗装などで着色するようにしてもよいし、木製、金属製など樹脂成型品以外のものとしてもよい。 Further, the second sorting member 240 is, for example, an opaque member colored in a single color or a plurality of colors, and is a resin molded product. It should be noted that a transparent resin molded product may be used, and then the outer surface may be colored by painting or the like, or a product other than the resin molded product such as wood or metal may be used.

また、背面側部材214は、図23,図28に示すように、第2振り分け部材240を、ステージ250の転動領域251上で、当該第2振り分け部材240と転動領域251との間を遊技球Bが通過可能な間隔を空けて支持する支持機構300を備えている。支持機構300は、第2振り分け部材240が連結される被駆動部材271の背面側に突出した第1アーム部272に設けられた縦方向に貫通したスプライン孔272a(図26参照)に挿嵌するスプライン軸303と、このスプライン軸303をその軸周り方向に回動可能に軸支する軸受け部305とを備えている。このスプライン軸303は、被駆動部材271の第1アーム部272のスプライン孔272aに挿嵌された状態で当該第1アーム部272が落下しないように支持する支持部(図示省略)を備えている。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 23 and 28, the back side member 214 places the second distribution member 240 between the second distribution member 240 and the rolling region 251 on the rolling region 251 of the stage 250. It is provided with a support mechanism 300 that supports the game ball B at intervals that allow it to pass through. The support mechanism 300 is inserted into a vertically penetrating spline hole 272a (see FIG. 26) provided in the first arm portion 272 protruding toward the back surface side of the driven member 271 to which the second distribution member 240 is connected. It includes a spline shaft 303 and a bearing portion 305 that rotatably supports the spline shaft 303 in a direction around the axis. The spline shaft 303 includes a support portion (not shown) that supports the first arm portion 272 of the driven member 271 so as not to fall while being inserted into the spline hole 272a of the first arm portion 272. ..

また、駆動機構部270は、第2振り分け部材240の基端側を軸として先端側を本体部材210の内部空間で横方向に一振りする際にその先端側を本体部材210の内部空間で縦方向に二往復させることで、図6に二点鎖線矢印で示すように正面視で先端側を略二山状に揺動させるものである。 Further, when the drive mechanism unit 270 swings the tip end side laterally in the internal space of the main body member 210 with the base end side of the second distribution member 240 as an axis, the tip end side thereof is vertically oriented in the internal space of the main body member 210. By making two reciprocations in the direction, as shown by the two-dot chain arrow in FIG. 6, the tip side is swung in a substantially two-mountain shape in front view.

図28,図29に示すように、駆動機構部270は、第2振り分け部材240の先端側を本体部材210の内部空間で横方向に揺動する横方向揺動機構273と、第2振り分け部材240の基端側を縦方向に揺動する縦方向揺動機構274とを備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, the drive mechanism unit 270 includes a lateral swing mechanism 273 that swings the tip end side of the second distribution member 240 laterally in the internal space of the main body member 210, and a second distribution member. It is provided with a vertical swing mechanism 274 that swings the base end side of the 240 in the vertical direction.

駆動部材271の第1アーム部272は、図26(a),図29に示すように、その背面下側箇所から外側へ突出した形状のものであり、当該被駆動部材271の上下方向の揺動を伝達するためのものである。また、被駆動部材271の第1アーム部272のスプライン孔272a(図26参照)に挿嵌されたスプライン軸303は、図26(a),図29に示すように、その背面側上部箇所に、駆動部材271の左右方向の揺動を伝達するための第2アーム部304を備えている。 As shown in FIGS. 26 (a) and 29, the first arm portion 272 of the drive member 271 has a shape protruding outward from the lower portion of the back surface thereof, and the driven member 271 swings in the vertical direction. It is for transmitting motion. Further, as shown in FIGS. 26A and 29, the spline shaft 303 inserted into the spline hole 272a (see FIG. 26) of the first arm portion 272 of the driven member 271 is located at the upper portion on the back surface side thereof. A second arm portion 304 for transmitting the lateral swing of the drive member 271 is provided.

具体的には、駆動機構部270は、図29に示すように、モータ275と、このモータ275の回転軸に連結されて当該回転軸を軸心として回転される第1歯車276と、この第1歯車276の前面側に設けられたピッチ円の小さい小外歯車部276a(図28参照)と噛み合う第2歯車277と、第1歯車276での小外歯車部276aよりピッチ円の大きい大外歯車部276bと噛み合う第3歯車278と、第2歯車277の前面側の偏心位置に設けられた突起部277aが挿入される縦長孔281aを有するとともに第2アーム部304の先端側が挿入される挿入穴281bを有する左右揺動伝達部材281と、第3歯車278の前面側の偏心位置に設けられた突起部278aが挿入される横長伝達孔283aを有するとともに第1アーム部272の先端側が遊嵌される横方向に長い横長孔283bを有する上下揺動伝達部材283とを備えている。なお、第1歯車276での小外歯車部276a(図28参照)および大外歯車部276bは、当該第1歯車276の回転軸を同一軸心とするものである。また、突起部278aは、図23に示すように、第3歯車278の回転中心から距離d(例えば1.5ミリ程度)だけ偏心した位置に設けられている。第2振り分け部材240の上向き姿勢(図23(b)参照)では、第2振り分け部材240の水平姿勢(図23(a)参照)に比べて、この第2振り分け部材240の先端側が6ミリ程度持ち上げられた状態となっている。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 29, the drive mechanism unit 270 includes a motor 275, a first gear 276 that is connected to the rotation shaft of the motor 275 and is rotated about the rotation shaft as an axis, and the first gear 276. The second gear 277 that meshes with the small external gear portion 276a (see FIG. 28) having a small pitch circle provided on the front side of the 1 gear 276, and the large outer gear having a larger pitch circle than the small external gear portion 276a of the first gear 276. It has a third gear 278 that meshes with the gear portion 276b and a vertically elongated hole 281a into which a protrusion 277a provided at an eccentric position on the front side of the second gear 277 is inserted, and an insertion in which the tip end side of the second arm portion 304 is inserted. It has a left-right swing transmission member 281 having a hole 281b and a horizontally long transmission hole 283a into which a protrusion 278a provided at an eccentric position on the front surface side of the third gear 278 is inserted, and the tip end side of the first arm portion 272 is loosely fitted. It is provided with a vertical swing transmission member 283 having a horizontally long hole 283b that is long in the lateral direction. The small external gear portion 276a (see FIG. 28) and the large external gear portion 276b of the first gear 276 have the same axis as the rotation axis of the first gear 276. Further, as shown in FIG. 23, the protrusion 278a is provided at a position eccentric from the rotation center of the third gear 278 by a distance d (for example, about 1.5 mm). In the upward posture of the second sorting member 240 (see FIG. 23 (b)), the tip side of the second sorting member 240 is about 6 mm as compared with the horizontal posture of the second sorting member 240 (see FIG. 23 (a)). It is in a lifted state.

モータ275の回転軸の回転により第1歯車276が回転されることで第2歯車277が回転することになるが、例えば図22(a)に示すように第2歯車277の突起部277aが前面視で最右側に位置するときには、この突起部277aにより左右揺動伝達部材281が最右側に位置し、第2アーム部304の先端側が同様に最右側に位置しており、第2振り分け部材240の先端側が左側に振られた状態となる。続いて、この第2歯車277が半回転すると、今度は逆に、図22(b)に示すように第2歯車277の突起部277aが前面視で最左側に位置し、この突起部277aにより左右揺動伝達部材281が最左側に位置し、第2アーム部304の先端側が同様に最左側に位置しており、第2振り分け部材240の先端側が右側に振られた状態となる。 The second gear 277 is rotated by the rotation of the first gear 276 by the rotation of the rotating shaft of the motor 275. For example, as shown in FIG. 22A, the protrusion 277a of the second gear 277 is on the front surface. When it is located on the rightmost side in view, the left-right swing transmission member 281 is located on the rightmost side by the protrusion 277a, and the tip end side of the second arm portion 304 is also located on the rightmost side. The tip side of is swung to the left. Subsequently, when the second gear 277 makes a half turn, conversely, as shown in FIG. 22B, the protrusion 277a of the second gear 277 is located on the leftmost side in the front view, and the protrusion 277a causes the protrusion 277a to be located on the leftmost side. The left-right swing transmission member 281 is located on the leftmost side, the tip end side of the second arm portion 304 is also located on the leftmost side, and the tip end side of the second distribution member 240 is swung to the right side.

モータ275の回転軸の回転により第1歯車276が回転されることで第3歯車278も回転することになるが、例えば図23(a)に示すように第3歯車278の突起部278aが側面視で最上側に位置するときには、この突起部278aにより上下揺動伝達部材283が最上側に位置し、第1アーム部272の先端側が同様に最上側に位置しており、第2振り分け部材240が水平姿勢状態となる。続いて、この第3歯車278が半回転すると、今度は逆に、図23(b)に示すように第3歯車278の突起部278aが側面視で最下側に位置し、この突起部278aにより上下揺動伝達部材283が最下側に位置し、第1アーム部272の先端側が同様に最下側に位置しており、第2振り分け部材240の先端側が上向き姿勢状態となる。 The rotation of the rotating shaft of the motor 275 causes the first gear 276 to rotate, so that the third gear 278 also rotates. For example, as shown in FIG. 23A, the protrusion 278a of the third gear 278 is on the side surface. When it is located on the uppermost side in view, the vertical swing transmission member 283 is located on the uppermost side by the protrusion 278a, and the tip end side of the first arm portion 272 is also located on the uppermost side. Is in a horizontal posture. Subsequently, when the third gear 278 makes a half turn, conversely, as shown in FIG. 23 (b), the protrusion 278a of the third gear 278 is located on the lowermost side in the side view, and the protrusion 278a is located on the lowermost side. As a result, the vertical swing transmission member 283 is located on the lowest side, the tip end side of the first arm portion 272 is also located on the lowest side, and the tip end side of the second distribution member 240 is in an upward posture state.

モータ275の回転軸の回転により第1歯車276が回転されることで第2歯車277および第3歯車278が回転することになるが、この第1歯車276の小外歯車部276a(図28参照)と噛み合う第2歯車277が1回転すると、第1歯車276の大外歯車部276bと噛み合う第3歯車278が4回転することになることから、第2歯車277が1回転することで第2振り分け部材240の先端側が例えば最左側から最右側まで振って再び最左側に戻ってくるという一往復の間に、第3歯車278が4回転することになり、第2振り分け部材240の先端側の上下方向の揺動が4回行われることになる。つまり、第2振り分け部材240が、正面視で略M字状(二山状)に往復駆動(揺動)されることになる。 The rotation of the rotating shaft of the motor 275 causes the first gear 276 to rotate, so that the second gear 277 and the third gear 278 rotate. The small external gear portion 276a of the first gear 276 (see FIG. 28). ), When the second gear 277 that meshes with) makes one rotation, the third gear 278 that meshes with the large external gear portion 276b of the first gear 276 makes four rotations. During one round trip in which the tip end side of the distribution member 240 swings from the leftmost side to the rightmost side and returns to the leftmost side again, the third gear 278 makes four rotations, and the tip side of the second distribution member 240 The vertical swing will be performed four times. That is, the second distribution member 240 is reciprocally driven (swinged) in a substantially M-shape (two-mountain shape) when viewed from the front.

さらに、この入賞装置40は、図10,図11に示すように、第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240とは別の経路であって開閉入球部220から入球された遊技球Bを第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240よりも速く特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262の方に案内する別通路265(特別ルート)と、所定の別案内条件成立(例えば、V継続タイプのパチンコ機では大当たり状態の最終ラウンドの期間、ラウンド自動移行タイプのパチンコ機では大当たり状態の全ラウンドの期間など)の場合に開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bを別通路265に案内し、それ以外の場合に第1振り分け部材230に案内するように切り替える案内切替部267とを備えている。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, the winning device 40 is a game ball B which is a path different from the first sorting member 230 and the second sorting member 240 and is entered from the opening / closing entry portion 220. A separate passage 265 (special route) that guides the pachinko machine to the specific winning section 260 (V zone) or the normal winning section 262 faster than the first sorting member 230 and the second sorting member 240, and a predetermined separate guidance condition is satisfied (for example). , The period of the final round of the jackpot state for the V continuation type pachinko machine, the period of all the rounds of the jackpot state for the round automatic transition type pachinko machine, etc.) It is provided with a guidance switching unit 267 that guides the pachinko machine to the first distribution member 230 in other cases.

なお、本実施例のパチンコ機10は、例えば、ラウンド自動移行タイプのパチンコ機であるため、別案内条件成立として、大当たり状態での全ラウンドの期間を採用している。また、V継続タイプのパチンコ機の場合には、別案内条件成立として、V継続タイプのパチンコ機での大当たり状態での最終ラウンドの期間を採用するようにしてもよい。 Since the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment is, for example, a round automatic transition type pachinko machine, the period of all rounds in the jackpot state is adopted as another guidance condition is satisfied. Further, in the case of a V-continuation type pachinko machine, the period of the final round in the jackpot state of the V-continuation type pachinko machine may be adopted as another guidance condition is satisfied.

この別通路265と案内切替部267とは、図7,図12に示すように、右側部材212と左側部材213とにそれぞれ設けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 7 and 12, the separate passage 265 and the guide switching portion 267 are provided on the right side member 212 and the left side member 213, respectively.

別通路265は、図10,図11に示すように、開閉入球部220から入球された遊技球Bを第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240よりも速くステージ250に案内するものである。具体的には、導入通路部222は、図11,図12に示すように、その所定箇所(本実施例では、手前向き通路224での第1振り分け部材230の近傍箇所)での底面部分に開閉自在な開閉部224aを備えている。開閉部224aは、図11に示すように、開状態となると遊技球Bが落下可能な大きさの開口が形成され、閉状態において遊技球Bがそのまま通過するものである。つまり、別通路265は、図11に示すように、その入力側が開閉部224aの開口に連通されるとともに、図11,図12に示すように、その出力側がステージ250上に開口された垂下通路としている。 As shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, the separate passage 265 guides the game ball B entered from the opening / closing entry portion 220 to the stage 250 faster than the first distribution member 230 and the second distribution member 240. be. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 11 and 12, the introduction passage portion 222 is located on the bottom surface portion thereof at a predetermined portion (in this embodiment, a portion near the first distribution member 230 in the front facing passage 224). It is provided with an opening / closing portion 224a that can be opened / closed. As shown in FIG. 11, the opening / closing portion 224a has an opening having a size that allows the game ball B to fall when it is in the open state, and the game ball B passes through the opening / closing portion 224a as it is in the closed state. That is, as shown in FIG. 11, the input side of the separate passage 265 communicates with the opening of the opening / closing portion 224a, and as shown in FIGS. 11 and 12, the output side of the separate passage 265 is opened on the stage 250. It is supposed to be.

例えば、右側部材212での案内切替部267の構成について説明する。右側部材212での案内切替部267は、図10に示すように、右側部材212の上部側箇所であって手前向き通路224での第1振り分け部材230の近傍箇所にスライド自在に設けられた板状の開閉部224aと、この開閉部224aの突起部224bが先端側の取付孔225aに挿入され、且つ、右側部材212の内部に基端側が軸支された略くの字形状の伝達部材225と、この伝達部材225の基端側に近い箇所に形成された操作突起部225bが挿入される取付孔226aを有する接続部材226と、この接続部材226が取り付けられる可動片227aを基準位置とこの基準位置よりも突出した突出位置とに変移可能な特別ルート用ソレノイド227とを備えている。 For example, the configuration of the guide switching unit 267 in the right side member 212 will be described. As shown in FIG. 10, the guide switching portion 267 in the right side member 212 is a plate slidably provided at a position on the upper side of the right side member 212 and in the vicinity of the first distribution member 230 in the front facing passage 224. The opening / closing portion 224a and the protruding portion 224b of the opening / closing portion 224a are inserted into the mounting hole 225a on the tip side, and the base end side is pivotally supported inside the right side member 212. A connection member 226 having a mounting hole 226a into which an operation protrusion 225b formed near the base end side of the transmission member 225 is inserted, and a movable piece 227a to which the connecting member 226 is mounted are set as reference positions. It is equipped with a special route solenoid 227 that can be transferred to a protruding position that protrudes from the reference position.

つまり、特別ルート用ソレノイド227の可動片227aが突出位置に位置している場合には、この可動片227aに取り付けられた接続部材226も突出しており、この接続部材226の突出により伝達部材225が第1の姿勢P1となり、第1の姿勢P1の伝達部材225の先端側の取付孔225aの位置が前方向位置に位置し、この前方向位置の取付孔225aに挿入された開閉部224aの突起部224bも前面側位置に位置することから、開閉部224aが別通路265の上部側の開口を閉じた状態となる。 That is, when the movable piece 227a of the special route solenoid 227 is located at the protruding position, the connecting member 226 attached to the movable piece 227a also protrudes, and the protruding connecting member 226 causes the transmission member 225 to protrude. It becomes the first posture P1, and the position of the mounting hole 225a on the tip end side of the transmission member 225 of the first posture P1 is located in the front direction position, and the protrusion of the opening / closing portion 224a inserted into the mounting hole 225a in the front direction position. Since the portion 224b is also located at the front side position, the opening / closing portion 224a is in a state where the opening on the upper side of the separate passage 265 is closed.

これとは逆に、特別ルート用ソレノイド227の可動片227aが基準位置に位置している場合には、この可動片227aに取り付けられた接続部材226も突出しておらず、この突出していない接続部材226により伝達部材225が第2の姿勢P2となり、第2の姿勢P2の伝達部材225の先端側の取付孔225aの位置が前方向位置よりも後退した後退位置に位置し、この後退位置の取付孔225aに挿入された開閉部224aの突起部224bも後退位置に位置することから、開閉部224aが別通路265の上部側の開口を閉じていない状態(つまり、開口した状態)となる。 On the contrary, when the movable piece 227a of the special route solenoid 227 is located at the reference position, the connecting member 226 attached to the movable piece 227a does not protrude either, and the connecting member does not protrude. Due to 226, the transmission member 225 becomes the second posture P2, and the position of the mounting hole 225a on the tip end side of the transmission member 225 in the second posture P2 is located at the retracted position retracted from the forward position, and the mounting at this retracted position is performed. Since the protrusion 224b of the opening / closing portion 224a inserted into the hole 225a is also located at the retracted position, the opening / closing portion 224a is in a state in which the opening on the upper side of the separate passage 265 is not closed (that is, an open state).

なお、左側部材213での案内切替部267の構成についても上記と同様であるため、その説明を省略する。 Since the configuration of the guide switching unit 267 in the left side member 213 is the same as above, the description thereof will be omitted.

第2振り分け部材240は、所定の別案内条件成立(大当たり状態の全ラウンドの期間)の場合においても、その動作(前述した略M字駆動)を継続している。 The second distribution member 240 continues its operation (the above-mentioned substantially M-shaped drive) even when a predetermined separate guidance condition is satisfied (a period of all rounds in the jackpot state).

なお、本実施例のパチンコ機10がV継続タイプのパチンコ機である場合には、別案内条件成立として、V継続タイプのパチンコ機での大当たり状態での最終ラウンドの期間を採用し、この最終ラウンドの期間においても第2振り分け部材240の略M字駆動を継続するようにしてもよい。 When the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment is a V-continuation type pachinko machine, the period of the final round in the jackpot state of the V-continuation type pachinko machine is adopted as a separate guidance condition, and this final The substantially M-shaped drive of the second distribution member 240 may be continued even during the round period.

特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)と普通入賞部262とは、図7,図9,図16に示すように、前面側部材211の裏面側の下方位置で、普通入賞部262と特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)と普通入賞部262との順で横並びに設けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 7, 9, and 16, the specific winning section 260 (V zone) and the normal winning section 262 are located below the back surface side of the front side member 211, and the normal winning section 262 and the normal winning section 260 are located. (V zone) and the ordinary winning section 262 are provided side by side in this order.

ステージ250は、図7に示すように、底面側部材216に設けられている。このステージ250は、図7,図16に示すように、第2振り分け部材240からの遊技球Bや別通路265からの遊技球Bが転動可能な転動領域251を備えている。そして、この転動領域251の一方側には、図16に示すように、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)と普通入賞部262とが設けられている。 As shown in FIG. 7, the stage 250 is provided on the bottom surface side member 216. As shown in FIGS. 7 and 16, the stage 250 includes a rolling region 251 on which the game ball B from the second distribution member 240 and the game ball B from the separate passage 265 can roll. As shown in FIG. 16, a specific winning section 260 (V zone) and a normal winning section 262 are provided on one side of the rolling region 251.

さらに、このステージ250は、図17,図18に示すように、転動領域251での一方側方向(転動領域251の中央箇所から真っ直ぐに特定入賞部260に向かう方向:流下方向)に対して直交する当該転動領域251の幅方向に連なる山部252を当該転動領域251に発生させるとともに、この山部252を転動領域251の下流方向に往復移動させる波立ち発生機構部253を備えている。つまり、波立ち発生機構部253は、転動領域251の他方側(特定入賞部260とは反対側:上流側)に発生させた山部252(図18参照)を、転動領域251の下流方向に移動させていき、図17に示すような転動領域251の一方側(特定入賞部260側:下流側)に山部252が達すると、今度は逆に山部252を転動領域251の他方側(特定入賞部260とは反対側:上流側)に向けて移動させていき、図18の転動領域251の他方側に位置させること一周期としてを繰り返し行うようになっている。つまり、山部252を転動領域251の一方側方向に沿って移動させることでこの転動領域251を波立たせる。なお、本実施例では、山部252を転動領域251の一方側方向に沿って往復移動させているが、山部252を転動領域251の一方側方向または他方側方向にのみ移動させるようにしてもよい。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the stage 250 is directed to one side direction in the rolling region 251 (direction straight from the central portion of the rolling region 251 toward the specific winning portion 260: flow direction). A wave generation mechanism unit 253 is provided which generates a mountain portion 252 which is continuous in the width direction of the rolling region 251 orthogonal to the rolling region 251 and reciprocates the mountain portion 252 in the downstream direction of the rolling region 251. ing. That is, the rippling generation mechanism unit 253 uses the mountain portion 252 (see FIG. 18) generated on the other side of the rolling region 251 (opposite to the specific winning unit 260: upstream side) in the downstream direction of the rolling region 251. When the mountain portion 252 reaches one side of the rolling region 251 (specific winning portion 260 side: downstream side) as shown in FIG. 17, the mountain portion 252 is conversely moved to the rolling region 251. It is moved toward the other side (opposite side to the specific winning unit 260: upstream side), and is positioned on the other side of the rolling region 251 in FIG. 18 repeatedly as one cycle. That is, by moving the mountain portion 252 along one side direction of the rolling region 251, the rolling region 251 is made to undulate. In this embodiment, the mountain portion 252 is reciprocated along one side direction of the rolling region 251, but the mountain portion 252 is moved only in one side direction or the other side direction of the rolling region 251. You may do it.

なおここで、波立ち発生機構部253の構成等について、図30も用いて説明する。図30は、ステージ250の底面側部材216の分解斜視図である。 Here, the configuration of the rippling generation mechanism unit 253 and the like will be described with reference to FIG. 30. FIG. 30 is an exploded perspective view of the bottom surface side member 216 of the stage 250.

ステージ250は、図30に示すように、転動領域251の幅方向に亘る長さの複数本の丸棒体256を、当該転動領域251の奥行き方向に遊技球Bの直径よりも小さい間隔で並設するとともに、この複数本の丸棒体256を少なくとも高さ方向に移動可能に保持する並設保持部材257を備えている。具体的には、並設保持部材257は、丸棒体256の両端部分を高さ方向に移動可能に保持する一対の有底保持溝部257aを奥行き方向に遊技球Bの直径よりも小さい間隔で並設している。 As shown in FIG. 30, the stage 250 has a plurality of round bar bodies 256 having a length extending in the width direction of the rolling region 251 at intervals smaller than the diameter of the game ball B in the depth direction of the rolling region 251. In addition to being juxtaposed with, the juxtaposed holding member 257 for holding the plurality of round bar bodies 256 so as to be movable at least in the height direction is provided. Specifically, the parallel holding member 257 holds a pair of bottomed holding grooves 257a that movably hold both end portions of the round bar body 256 in the height direction at intervals smaller than the diameter of the game ball B in the depth direction. It is installed side by side.

波立ち発生機構部253は、図30に示すように、並設された複数本の丸棒体256のうちの一部の丸棒体256をその下方からその長手方向に亘って押し上げる押し上げローラ部材254と、この押し上げローラ部材254を転動領域251の奥行き方向に往復移動させる往復移動機構255とを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 30, the rippling generation mechanism unit 253 pushes up a part of the round bar bodies 256 out of the plurality of round bar bodies 256 arranged side by side from below the round bar body 256 in the longitudinal direction thereof. And a reciprocating movement mechanism 255 for reciprocating the push-up roller member 254 in the depth direction of the rolling region 251.

押し上げローラ部材254は、図30に示すように、スライド本体部254aと、このスライド本体部254aの手前辺側に設けられた、複数本の丸棒体256のうちの一部の丸棒体256をその下方からその長手方向に亘って押し上げるローラ部254bと、スライド本体部254aの奥側辺に設けられた、転動領域251の幅方向と同一方向に長い長孔254cとを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 30, the push-up roller member 254 is a part of the slide main body portion 254a and a part of the plurality of round bar bodies 256 provided on the front side side of the slide main body portion 254a. It is provided with a roller portion 254b that pushes up the slide from below in the longitudinal direction thereof, and an elongated hole 254c provided on the inner side of the slide main body portion 254a that is long in the same direction as the width direction of the rolling region 251.

往復移動機構255は、図30に示すように、鉛直方向に回転軸を向けるように配置されたモータ255aと、このモータ255aの回転軸に連結されて回転する小歯車255bと、この小歯車255bと噛み合う大歯車255cと、この大歯車255cの上面側に突出し、スライド本体部254aの長孔254cに挿入される突出部255dとを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 30, the reciprocating movement mechanism 255 includes a motor 255a arranged so as to direct the rotation axis in the vertical direction, a small gear 255b that is connected to the rotation axis of the motor 255a and rotates, and the small gear 255b. It is provided with a large gear 255c that meshes with the large gear 255c, and a protruding portion 255d that projects toward the upper surface side of the large gear 255c and is inserted into the elongated hole 254c of the slide main body portion 254a.

図17(a),図18(a)に示すように、モータ255aの回転軸の回転により小歯車255bが回転されることで大歯車255cが回転することになるが、例えば図17(a)に示すように大歯車255cの突出部255dが側面視で最左前に位置するときには、この突出部255dが挿入された長孔254cを有する押し上げローラ部材254が最左側に位置し、つまり、押し上げローラ部材254による山部252が転動領域251の最手前側に位置している状態となる。続いて、この大歯車255cが半回転すると、今度は逆に、図18(a)に示すように大歯車255cの突出部255dが側面視で最右側に位置し、この突出部255dにより押し上げローラ部材254が最右側に位置し、つまり、押し上げローラ部材254による山部252が転動領域251の最奥側に位置している状態となる。 As shown in FIGS. 17 (a) and 18 (a), the small gear 255b is rotated by the rotation of the rotating shaft of the motor 255a, so that the large gear 255c is rotated. For example, FIG. 17 (a). As shown in the above, when the protrusion 255d of the large gear 255c is located on the leftmost front in the side view, the push-up roller member 254 having the elongated hole 254c into which the protrusion 255d is inserted is located on the leftmost side, that is, the push-up roller. The mountain portion 252 formed by the member 254 is located on the foremost side of the rolling region 251. Subsequently, when the large gear 255c makes a half turn, on the contrary, as shown in FIG. 18A, the protruding portion 255d of the large gear 255c is located on the rightmost side in the side view, and the protruding portion 255d pushes up the roller. The member 254 is located on the rightmost side, that is, the mountain portion 252 formed by the push-up roller member 254 is located on the innermost side of the rolling region 251.

図17(a),図18(a)に示すように、ステージ250の転動領域251は、山部252が存する箇所を除いて、水平な領域(あるいは略水平な領域としてもよい)としている。 As shown in FIGS. 17 (a) and 18 (a), the rolling region 251 of the stage 250 is a horizontal region (or a substantially horizontal region) except for the portion where the mountain portion 252 exists. ..

また、図24,図30に示すように、ステージ250は、転動領域251の幅方向の両端箇所に、遊技球Bを当該転動領域251内に止めるための壁部258を備えている。例えば、転動領域251の幅方向に転動する遊技球Bが当該転動領域251の幅方向の端部の壁部258に当たって反射し、逆方向に進むことがある。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 24 and 30, the stage 250 is provided with wall portions 258 for stopping the game ball B in the rolling region 251 at both ends in the width direction of the rolling region 251. For example, the game ball B that rolls in the width direction of the rolling region 251 may hit the wall portion 258 at the end in the width direction of the rolling region 251 and be reflected to travel in the opposite direction.

本実施例では、波立ち発生機構部253による転動領域251の山部252の往復移動と、駆動機構部270による第2振り分け部材240の略二山状揺動とをそれぞれ独立して行っており、両者は非同期としている。また、第2振り分け部材240の略二山状揺動の一周期よりも山部252の往復移動の一周期の方が長くなっている。 In this embodiment, the reciprocating movement of the mountain portion 252 of the rolling region 251 by the rippling generation mechanism unit 253 and the substantially bi-mountain swing of the second distribution member 240 by the drive mechanism unit 270 are performed independently. , Both are asynchronous. Further, one cycle of the reciprocating movement of the mountain portion 252 is longer than one cycle of the substantially bifurcated swing of the second distribution member 240.

なお本実施例では、波立ち発生機構部253は、最初(パチンコ機10の電源投入時など)に、転動領域251の山部252をその転動領域251の他方側(特定入賞部260とは反対側:上流側)の位置から一方側(特定入賞部260側:下流側)に移動させ、その後は逆方向に移動させるという往復移動をするようにしているが、それとは逆に、最初(パチンコ機10の電源投入時など)に一方側から他方側に移動させ、その後は逆方向に移動させるという往復駆動をするようにしてもよい。また、本実施例では、波立ち発生機構部253は、V継続タイプのパチンコ機では大当たり状態の最終ラウンドの期間や、ラウンド自動移行タイプのパチンコ機では大当たり状態の全ラウンドの期間を除く期間において、転動領域251の山部252の往復移動をしているが、大当たり状態のときに往復移動が停止し、且つ、通常の遊技状態(大当たり状態以外の遊技状態)に往復移動する構成としてもよく、大当たり状態後の通常の遊技状態開始時に往復移動を開始するようにしてもよい。また、波立ち発生機構部253は、少なくとも各ラウンド開始時に往復移動するようにしてもよい。また、波立ち発生機構部253は、始動入賞時(第1始動口31や第2始動口33への遊技球Bの入球)に所定時間(例えば、3秒間など)往復動作するようにしてもよい。 In this embodiment, the rippling generation mechanism unit 253 first (such as when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on) sets the mountain portion 252 of the rolling region 251 to the other side of the rolling region 251 (what is the specific winning unit 260). It moves from the position of the opposite side: upstream side to one side (specific winning part 260 side: downstream side), and then moves in the opposite direction. A reciprocating drive may be performed in which the pachinko machine 10 is moved from one side to the other when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, and then moved in the opposite direction. Further, in this embodiment, the rippling generation mechanism unit 253 is used in a period excluding the period of the final round of the jackpot state in the V continuation type pachinko machine and the period of all rounds of the jackpot state in the round automatic transition type pachinko machine. Although the reciprocating movement of the mountain portion 252 of the rolling region 251 is performed, the reciprocating movement may be stopped in the jackpot state and may be configured to reciprocate to the normal gaming state (game state other than the jackpot state). , The reciprocating movement may be started at the start of the normal gaming state after the jackpot state. Further, the rippling generation mechanism unit 253 may be reciprocated at least at the start of each round. Further, the rippling generation mechanism unit 253 may reciprocate for a predetermined time (for example, 3 seconds) at the time of winning a start (the ball B enters the first start port 31 or the second start port 33). good.

入賞装置40は、開閉入球部220を通じて本体部材210の内部への遊技球Bの入球を検出する入球検出センサ221(図3,図8参照)と、本体部材210からの遊技球Bの出力を検出する出球検出センサ(後述するV検出センサ43と検出センサ44:図3,図8参照)とを備えている。 The winning device 40 includes a ball entry detection sensor 221 (see FIGS. 3 and 8) that detects the entry of the game ball B into the inside of the main body member 210 through the opening / closing entry portion 220, and the game ball B from the main body member 210. The ball ejection detection sensor (V detection sensor 43 and detection sensor 44 described later: see FIGS. 3 and 8) for detecting the output of the above is provided.

具体的には、入球検出センサ221は、図11に示すように、導入通路部222での開閉入球部220の近い箇所(つまり、L字通路223の入口側)に設けられており、例えば近接センサなどが挙げられる。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11, the ball entry detection sensor 221 is provided at a position close to the opening / closing entry section 220 in the introduction passage section 222 (that is, the entrance side of the L-shaped passage 223). For example, a proximity sensor may be mentioned.

また、出球検出センサを構成するV検出センサ43と検出センサ44とは、図8,図17に示すように、本体部材210からの遊技球Bの出力を検出するものであり、例えば近接センサなどが挙げられる。特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)は底面側部材216の下方側に設けられたV検出用通路261に連通されており、V検出センサ43は、このV検出用通路261の下流側箇所に設けられている。普通入賞部262は底面側部材216の下方側に設けられた外れ用通路263に連通されており、検出センサ44は、外れ用通路263の下流側箇所に設けられている。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 8 and 17, the V detection sensor 43 and the detection sensor 44 constituting the exit ball detection sensor detect the output of the game ball B from the main body member 210, for example, a proximity sensor. And so on. The specific winning portion 260 (V zone) is communicated with the V detection passage 261 provided on the lower side of the bottom surface side member 216, and the V detection sensor 43 is provided on the downstream side of the V detection passage 261. ing. The normal winning portion 262 is communicated with the disengagement passage 263 provided on the lower side of the bottom surface side member 216, and the detection sensor 44 is provided on the downstream side of the disengagement passage 263.

また、図2に示すように、遊技盤30を正面視した状態でセンターフレーム90と入賞装置40との間の両側に、センターフレーム90および入賞装置40の横幅よりも小さい幅としたくびれ部201を備え、羽根41a,41bはくびれ部201に設けられている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 2, a constricted portion 201 having a width smaller than the width of the center frame 90 and the winning device 40 on both sides between the center frame 90 and the winning device 40 when the game board 30 is viewed from the front. The blades 41a and 41b are provided in the constricted portion 201.

遊技領域30aは、図2に示すように、その正面視で縦長の略縦長楕円形となっている。くびれ部201は、遊技領域30aの正面視で横幅が最も大きい部分に位置している。 As shown in FIG. 2, the game area 30a has a vertically long, substantially vertically long elliptical shape when viewed from the front. The constricted portion 201 is located in the portion having the largest width in the front view of the game area 30a.

なお、遊技盤30には、この他、遊技ユニット200の左右所定箇所に風車37も取り付けられている。また、遊技球Bをガイドしたり弾いたりしてその遊技性を高める複数本の釘(図示省略)も遊技盤30に配置されている。 In addition, the game board 30 is also provided with wind turbines 37 at predetermined positions on the left and right sides of the game unit 200. Further, a plurality of nails (not shown) that guide or play the game ball B to enhance its game playability are also arranged on the game board 30.

また、本実施例のパチンコ機10は、図3に示すように、パチンコ機10全体を制御するメイン制御装置70を備えている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment includes a main control device 70 that controls the entire pachinko machine 10.

図2に示した第1始動口31は、図3に示すように、遊技球Bが通過したことを検出可能な第1始動口通過センサ32を備えている。この第1始動口通過センサ32は、遊技球Bの通過を検出するとその検出信号をメイン制御装置70へ出力する。メイン制御装置70は、第1始動口通過センサ32からの検出信号を受けると、入賞装置40の羽根41a,41bを同時に1回開放(2秒間開放)させるという動作を行う。また、図2に示した第2始動口33は、図3に示すように、遊技球Bが通過したことを検出可能な第2始動口通過センサ34を備えている。この第2始動口通過センサ34は、遊技球Bの通過を検出するとその検出信号をメイン制御装置70へ出力する。メイン制御装置70は、第2始動口通過センサ34からの検出信号を受けると、入賞装置40の羽根41a,41bを同時に2回開放させる(2秒間開放を2回行う)という動作を行う。 As shown in FIG. 3, the first starting port 31 shown in FIG. 2 includes a first starting port passing sensor 32 capable of detecting that the game ball B has passed. When the first start port passage sensor 32 detects the passage of the game ball B, the first start port passage sensor 32 outputs the detection signal to the main control device 70. Upon receiving the detection signal from the first starting port passage sensor 32, the main control device 70 performs an operation of simultaneously opening the blades 41a and 41b of the winning device 40 once (opening for 2 seconds). Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the second starting port 33 shown in FIG. 2 includes a second starting port passing sensor 34 capable of detecting that the game ball B has passed. When the second start port passage sensor 34 detects the passage of the game ball B, the second start port passage sensor 34 outputs the detection signal to the main control device 70. Upon receiving the detection signal from the second starting port passage sensor 34, the main control device 70 performs an operation of simultaneously opening the blades 41a and 41b of the winning device 40 twice (opening twice for 2 seconds).

ステージ250の転動領域251を転動した遊技球Bは、この転動領域251の一方側に位置する特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262のいずれかに入賞する。 The game ball B that has rolled the rolling region 251 of the stage 250 wins a prize in either the specific winning portion 260 (V zone) or the normal winning portion 262 located on one side of the rolling region 251.

通常遊技状態、つまり、遊技者にとって有利な遊技状態(大当たり状態)以外の状態において、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に遊技球Bが入球(入賞)すると大当たり状態が発生することになるが、普通入賞部262に入球するとその入球に対しての賞球が与えられるだけで大当たり状態は発生しない。 In a normal gaming state, that is, a state other than a gaming state (big hit state) that is advantageous to the player, when the game ball B enters (wins) the specific winning unit 260 (V zone), a big hit state occurs. , When a ball enters the normal winning section 262, only the winning ball is given to the winning ball, and the big hit state does not occur.

つまり、入賞装置40に入球した遊技球Bは、特定入賞部260または普通入賞部262のいずれかに入球するようになっている。特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入賞した遊技球BはV検出センサ43で通過検出される(図3参照)。V検出センサ43からの検出信号はメイン制御装置70に出力される。また、普通入賞部262に入球した遊技球Bは、検出センサ44で入球検出される。この検出センサ44からの検出信号はメイン制御装置70に出力される。 That is, the game ball B that has entered the winning device 40 is adapted to enter either the specific winning section 260 or the normal winning section 262. The game ball B that has won a prize in the specific winning unit 260 (V zone) is detected by the V detection sensor 43 (see FIG. 3). The detection signal from the V detection sensor 43 is output to the main control device 70. Further, the game ball B that has entered the normal winning unit 262 is detected by the detection sensor 44. The detection signal from the detection sensor 44 is output to the main control device 70.

また、表示装置60は、特別遊技のラウンド回数を表示したり、1回のラウンドにおいて入賞装置40内に入賞した遊技球Bのカウント数を表示したり、各種の遊技状態に関する情報や合図などを表示したりする機能も備えている。このパチンコ機10では、通常遊技状態で遊技球BがVゾーンを通過したときに遊技者にとって有利な遊技状態に移行して最大で8ラウンドの特別遊技が行われる。 Further, the display device 60 displays the number of rounds of the special game, displays the count number of the game balls B won in the winning device 40 in one round, and displays information and signals regarding various game states. It also has a function to display. In the pachinko machine 10, when the game ball B passes through the V zone in the normal game state, the game state shifts to a game state advantageous to the player, and a special game of up to 8 rounds is performed.

ここで、メイン制御装置70について図3を用いてもう少し詳細に説明する。メイン制御装置70は、図3に示すようにCPU72を中心とするマイクロコンピュータとして構成されており、CPU72には電源を供給する電源回路73の他に、各種処理プログラムを記憶するROM74や一時的にデータを記憶するRAM76,時間計測を行うタイマ77,所定周波数の矩形波を出力するクロック回路78,入出力処理回路80がバス79によって接続されている。メイン制御装置70には、第1始動口通過センサ32,第2始動口通過センサ34からの検出信号や、V検出センサ43からの検出信号などが入出力処理回路80を介して入力される。また、メイン制御装置70からは、1対の羽根41a,41bの開閉を駆動する羽根駆動装置49への駆動信号や、表示装置60の表示制御を司る表示制御装置45への制御信号や、賞球の払い出しを司る払出制御装置46への制御信号や、スピーカ48が接続された音声制御装置47への制御信号や、図示しない各種ランプへの点灯信号などが入出力処理回路80を介して出力されている。 Here, the main control device 70 will be described in a little more detail with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, the main control device 70 is configured as a microcomputer centered on the CPU 72, and in addition to the power supply circuit 73 that supplies power to the CPU 72, a ROM 74 that stores various processing programs and a temporary one. A RAM 76 for storing data, a timer 77 for measuring time, a clock circuit 78 for outputting a rectangular wave having a predetermined frequency, and an input / output processing circuit 80 are connected by a bus 79. A detection signal from the first start port passage sensor 32 and a second start port passage sensor 34, a detection signal from the V detection sensor 43, and the like are input to the main control device 70 via the input / output processing circuit 80. Further, from the main control device 70, a drive signal to the blade drive device 49 that drives the opening and closing of the pair of blades 41a and 41b, a control signal to the display control device 45 that controls the display control of the display device 60, and a prize. A control signal to the payout control device 46 that controls the payout of the ball, a control signal to the voice control device 47 to which the speaker 48 is connected, a lighting signal to various lamps (not shown), and the like are output via the input / output processing circuit 80. Has been done.

また、第2始動口33は、図2に示すように、遊技球Bが入球可能な通常状態よりもさらに容易に遊技球Bが入球する入球容易状態とに変移する開閉羽根を備えている。遊技盤30は、例えば、風車37の上方箇所に、遊技球Bが通過可能なスルーゲート35を備えている。スルーゲート35は、遊技球Bの通過を検出するスルーゲート通過センサ35aを備えており、この通過センサ35aからの検出信号はメイン制御装置70に出力される。 Further, as shown in FIG. 2, the second starting port 33 is provided with an opening / closing blade that shifts to an easy-to-enter state in which the game ball B can enter, more easily than in a normal state in which the game ball B can enter. ing. The game board 30 is provided with, for example, a through gate 35 through which the game ball B can pass, above the wind turbine 37. The through gate 35 includes a through gate passage sensor 35a that detects the passage of the game ball B, and a detection signal from the passage sensor 35a is output to the main control device 70.

メイン制御装置70は、スルーゲート通過センサ35aでの通過検出に基づいて、第2始動口33の開放抽選を行い、当選であれば第2始動口33の開放羽根33aを所定時間(例えば、2秒間)開放するし、落選であれば第2始動口33の開放を行わない。かかる抽選についての表示は、メイン制御装置70からの指示に基づいて表示制御装置45によって表示装置60の表示画面61の一部の領域に表示されるようになっている。例えば当選であることを示す図柄である「○」と、落選であることを示す図柄「×」とを交互に表示する変動表示を行い、その変動表示が図柄「○」で停止した場合に第2始動口33の開放羽根33aが開放される。 The main control device 70 performs an open lottery for the second starting port 33 based on the passage detection by the through gate passage sensor 35a, and if winning, the open blade 33a of the second starting port 33 is used for a predetermined time (for example, 2). It opens (for a second), and if it is not selected, the second starting port 33 is not opened. The display about the lottery is displayed in a part of the display screen 61 of the display device 60 by the display control device 45 based on the instruction from the main control device 70. For example, a variable display is performed in which a symbol "○" indicating that the winning is won and a symbol "×" indicating that the winning is lost are alternately displayed, and the variation display is stopped at the symbol "○". 2 The opening blade 33a of the starting port 33 is opened.

また、本実施例では、メイン制御装置70は、通常遊技状態において、ステージ250の転動領域251に山部252を往復移動発生させるように波立ち発生機構部253を制御する。 Further, in the present embodiment, the main control device 70 controls the rippling generation mechanism unit 253 so as to reciprocate the mountain portion 252 in the rolling region 251 of the stage 250 in the normal gaming state.

また、本実施例では、メイン制御装置70は、通常遊技状態および大当たり状態において、入賞装置40の可動式の第2振り分け部材240を、前述した略M字状に駆動させるように駆動機構部270を制御する。 Further, in the present embodiment, the main control device 70 drives the movable second distribution member 240 of the winning device 40 in the above-mentioned substantially M shape in the normal gaming state and the jackpot state. To control.

また、メイン制御装置70は、別案内条件成立(大当たり状態の全ラウンドの期間)の場合に、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bを別通路265に案内するように案内切替部267を制御して開閉部224aを開状態にする。 Further, the main control device 70 controls the guidance switching unit 267 so as to guide the game ball B from the opening / closing entry unit 220 to the separate passage 265 when the separate guidance condition is satisfied (the period of all rounds in the jackpot state). Then, the opening / closing portion 224a is opened.

なお、本実施例のパチンコ機10がV継続タイプのパチンコ機である場合には、別案内条件成立として、V継続タイプのパチンコ機での大当たり状態での最終ラウンドの期間を採用し、この最終ラウンドの期間において、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bを別通路265に案内するように案内切替部267を制御して開閉部224aを開状態にするようにしてもよい。 When the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment is a V-continuation type pachinko machine, the period of the final round in the jackpot state of the V-continuation type pachinko machine is adopted as a separate guidance condition, and this final During the round period, the guidance switching unit 267 may be controlled so as to guide the game ball B from the opening / closing unit 220 to the separate passage 265 so that the opening / closing unit 224a is opened.

また、メイン制御装置70は、図3に示すように保持制御部293を備えている。保持制御部293は、別案内条件成立(大当たり状態の全ラウンドの期間)の場合に、図18に示すように、波立ち発生機構部253による転動領域251での山部252を当該転動領域251での別通路265の出力側の開口が投影される部分の上流側位置で保持させるように制御する。つまり、全ラウンドの期間において、図18に示すように、垂下通路よりも上流側の転動領域251での箇所に山部252を保持させる。 Further, the main control device 70 includes a holding control unit 293 as shown in FIG. When the separate guidance condition is satisfied (the period of all rounds in the jackpot state), the holding control unit 293 sets the mountain portion 252 in the rolling region 251 by the rippling generation mechanism unit 253 to the rolling region, as shown in FIG. The output side opening of the separate passage 265 at 251 is controlled to be held at the upstream side position of the projected portion. That is, during the entire round period, as shown in FIG. 18, the mountain portion 252 is held at the position in the rolling region 251 on the upstream side of the hanging passage.

メイン制御装置70は、図3に示すように、入球検出センサ221での入球検出数と出球検出センサ(V検出センサ43と検出センサ44)での出球検出数とが一致しているか否かを判定する入出力球数判定部290と、この入出力球数判定部290で不一致と判定されている間は、第1始動口31または第2始動口33に遊技球Bが入球しても開閉入球部220を開状態としない開禁止制御部292とを備えている。 As shown in FIG. 3, in the main control device 70, the number of ball entry detected by the ball entry detection sensor 221 and the number of ball exit detection by the ball ejection detection sensor (V detection sensor 43 and detection sensor 44) match. The game ball B enters the first start port 31 or the second start port 33 while the input / output ball number determination unit 290 that determines whether or not the sensor does not match and the input / output ball number determination unit 290 determines that there is a mismatch. It is provided with an opening prohibition control unit 292 that does not open the opening / closing input unit 220 even when the ball is balled.

具体的には、開禁止制御部292は、たとえば、大当たり状態の終了時点において入出力球数判定部290で不一致と判定されている場合は、それが一致するまでの間、第1始動口31または第2始動口33に遊技球Bが入球しても開閉入球部220を開状態としない。 Specifically, for example, when the input / output ball number determination unit 290 determines that the open prohibition control unit 292 does not match at the end of the jackpot state, the first start port 31 is used until they match. Alternatively, even if the game ball B enters the second starting port 33, the opening / closing entry portion 220 is not opened.

なお、上述した開閉入球部220は本発明における入球部および開閉入口部に相当し、上述した第1振り分け部材230は本発明における振り分け手段に相当し、上述した特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)は本発明における特定入球手段に相当し、上述した普通入賞部262は本発明における非特定入球手段に相当し、上述した第2通路232は本発明における揺動排出通路に相当し、上述した連通路310は本発明における連通部に相当し、上述した規制部材312は本発明における止め部材に相当し、上述した第2通路部232は本発明における第1振分排出通路に相当し、上述した第1通路部231は本発明における第2振分排出通路に相当し、上述した装飾部材316は本発明における視認部材に相当し、上述した切り欠き部314は本発明における吹き抜け部に相当し、上述したステージ250は本発明におけるステージ部に相当し、上述した波立ち発生機構部253は本発明における波立ち発生手段に相当し、上述した第2振り分け部材240は本発明における可動式振り分け部材に相当し、上述した第2振分通路243,第3振分通路244および第5振分通路246は本発明における第1出力部,前方向出力部に相当し、上述した第1振分通路242は本発明における第2出力部,左横方向出力部に相当し、上述した第4振分通路245は本発明における第2出力部,右横方向出力部に相当し、上述した支持機構300は本発明における支持手段に相当し、上述した駆動機構部270は本発明における二山状揺動手段に相当し、上述した横方向揺動機構273は本発明における横方向揺動手段に相当し、上述した縦方向揺動機構274は本発明における縦方向揺動手段に相当し、上述した丸棒体256は本発明における丸棒状部材に相当し、上述した並設保持部材257は本発明における並設保持手段に相当し、上述した押し上げローラ部材254は本発明における押し上げ部材に相当し、上述した往復移動機構255は本発明における部材移動手段に相当し、上述した表示装置60は本発明における表示手段に相当する。 The above-mentioned opening / closing entry section 220 corresponds to the entry section and the opening / closing entrance section in the present invention, the above-mentioned first sorting member 230 corresponds to the sorting means in the present invention, and the above-mentioned specific winning section 260 (V zone). ) Corresponds to the specific ball-entry means in the present invention, the above-mentioned ordinary winning unit 262 corresponds to the non-specific ball-entry means in the present invention, and the above-mentioned second passage 232 corresponds to the swing discharge passage in the present invention. The above-mentioned communication passage 310 corresponds to the communication portion in the present invention, the above-mentioned regulation member 312 corresponds to the stop member in the present invention, and the above-mentioned second passage portion 232 corresponds to the first distribution discharge passage in the present invention. The above-mentioned first passage portion 231 corresponds to the second distribution discharge passage in the present invention, the above-mentioned decorative member 316 corresponds to the visual recognition member in the present invention, and the above-mentioned notch portion 314 corresponds to the atrium portion in the present invention. The above-mentioned stage 250 corresponds to the stage portion in the present invention, the above-mentioned rippling generation mechanism portion 253 corresponds to the rippling generation means in the present invention, and the above-mentioned second distribution member 240 corresponds to the movable distribution member in the present invention. The second distribution passage 243, the third distribution passage 244 and the fifth distribution passage 246 described above correspond to the first output unit and the forward output unit in the present invention, and correspond to the first distribution passage described above. 242 corresponds to the second output unit and the left lateral output unit in the present invention, and the above-mentioned fourth distribution passage 245 corresponds to the second output unit and the right lateral output unit in the present invention, and the above-mentioned support mechanism 300 Corresponds to the support means in the present invention, the drive mechanism unit 270 described above corresponds to the bifurcated swing means in the present invention, and the lateral swing mechanism 273 described above corresponds to the lateral swing means in the present invention. The above-mentioned vertical swing mechanism 274 corresponds to the vertical swing means in the present invention, the above-mentioned round bar body 256 corresponds to the round bar-shaped member in the present invention, and the above-mentioned parallel holding member 257 corresponds to the above-mentioned parallel holding member 257 in the present invention. The above-mentioned push-up roller member 254 corresponds to the push-up member in the present invention, the above-mentioned reciprocating movement mechanism 255 corresponds to the member movement means in the present invention, and the above-mentioned display device 60 corresponds to the present invention. Corresponds to the display means.

次に、遊技ユニット200に入球した遊技球Bの流れについて以下に説明する。 Next, the flow of the game ball B that has entered the game unit 200 will be described below.

遊技球Bの遊技ユニット200への入球ルートとしては、図4に示すように、遊技球Bがセンターフレーム90の入球口91に入球して入賞装置40に入球する第1入球ルートと、図5に示すように、遊技球Bがセンターフレーム90の入球口91には入球しなかったが第2状態(入球制限解除状態、例えば開状態)の開閉入球部220を介して入賞装置40に入球する第2入球ルートとがある。 As a ball entry route for the game ball B into the game unit 200, as shown in FIG. 4, the first ball entry in which the game ball B enters the entry slot 91 of the center frame 90 and enters the winning device 40. As shown in the route and FIG. 5, the game ball B did not enter the ball entry port 91 of the center frame 90, but the opening / closing ball entry portion 220 in the second state (ball entry restriction release state, for example, open state). There is a second ball entry route to enter the winning device 40 via.

まず、第1入球ルートについて説明する。図4に示すように、センターフレーム90の左右のいずれかの入球口91に入球した遊技球Bは、案内通路部92内を通って揺動ステージ93の方に案内される。この揺動ステージ93に案内された遊技球Bは、第1揺動面93aで左右方向に揺動するなどして、それよりも下段の第2揺動面93bに流下し、この第2揺動面93bでも左右方向に揺動して、第2揺動面93bの排出部94から入賞装置40の開閉入球部220に排出される。 First, the first entry route will be described. As shown in FIG. 4, the game ball B that has entered the ball entry port 91 on either the left or right side of the center frame 90 is guided toward the swing stage 93 through the guide passage portion 92. The game ball B guided to the swing stage 93 swings in the left-right direction on the first swing surface 93a and flows down to the second swing surface 93b on the lower stage, and the second swing surface 93a. The moving surface 93b also swings in the left-right direction, and is discharged from the discharging portion 94 of the second swinging surface 93b to the opening / closing entry portion 220 of the winning device 40.

センターフレーム90の排出部94から排出された遊技球Bは、図4に示すように、入賞装置40の開閉入球部220が第1状態(入球制限状態)または第2状態(入球制限解除状態、例えば開状態)のいずれであってもこの開閉入球部220に入球する。 As shown in FIG. 4, in the game ball B discharged from the ejection portion 94 of the center frame 90, the opening / closing entry portion 220 of the winning device 40 is in the first state (ball entry restriction state) or the second state (ball entry restriction state). The ball enters the open / closed ball entry portion 220 regardless of the released state (for example, the open state).

ここで、第2入球ルートについて説明する。図5に示すように、センターフレーム90の入球口91に入球しなかった遊技領域30aを流下する遊技球Bは、入賞装置40の第2状態(入球制限解除状態、例えば開状態)の開閉入球部220に入球することがある。 Here, the second entry route will be described. As shown in FIG. 5, the game ball B flowing down the game area 30a that did not enter the ball entry port 91 of the center frame 90 is in the second state of the winning device 40 (the ball entry restriction release state, for example, the open state). The ball may enter the opening / closing entry portion 220 of the ball.

そして、入賞装置40の開閉入球部220以降の遊技球Bの流れについては、第1入球ルートおよび第2入球ルートともに同じであるため、以下に共通して説明する。 The flow of the game ball B after the opening / closing entry portion 220 of the winning device 40 is the same for both the first entry route and the second entry route, and thus will be described in common below.

開閉入球部220に入球した遊技球Bは、図10に示すように入球検出センサ221で検出され、図12に示すようにL字通路223を通り、手前向き通路224を通り、第1振り分け部材230の分岐通路233に案内される。そして、規制部材312の状態に応じて、図13に示すように、第1振り分け部材230の第1通路231または第2通路232のいずれかに案内される。具体的には、規制部材312が図31(a),(b)に示す止め解除状態であれば、遊技球Bは第2通路232に案内されるし、規制部材312が図31(c),(d)に示す止め状態であれば、遊技球Bは第2通路232への案内が阻止されて第1通路231に案内されることになる。 The game ball B that has entered the opening / closing entry portion 220 is detected by the entry detection sensor 221 as shown in FIG. 10, passes through the L-shaped passage 223 and passes through the front-facing passage 224 as shown in FIG. 1 Guided to the branch passage 233 of the distribution member 230. Then, as shown in FIG. 13, the guide is guided to either the first passage 231 or the second passage 232 of the first distribution member 230 according to the state of the regulation member 312. Specifically, when the regulating member 312 is in the stop release state shown in FIGS. 31 (a) and 31 (b), the game ball B is guided to the second passage 232, and the regulating member 312 is guided to the second passage 232 (c). , (D), the game ball B is blocked from being guided to the second passage 232 and is guided to the first passage 231.

分岐通路233の第1通路231に案内された遊技球Bは、図13に示すように、この第1通路231の通路中間位置の排出孔231aにより、正面視で略M字状駆動する第2振り分け部材240に向けて落下される。図13に示すような位置関係のときには、排出孔231aから落下された遊技球Bが図15(b)に示す被供給部241に供給され、この被供給部241から四方向に振り分けられ、つまり、第1〜第4振分通路242〜245のいずれか一つを通ってステージ250に供給される。 As shown in FIG. 13, the game ball B guided to the first passage 231 of the branch passage 233 is driven in a substantially M shape in a front view by the discharge hole 231a at the middle position of the passage of the first passage 231. It is dropped toward the distribution member 240. In the positional relationship as shown in FIG. 13, the game ball B dropped from the discharge hole 231a is supplied to the supplied unit 241 shown in FIG. 15B, and is distributed from the supplied unit 241 in four directions, that is, , Is supplied to the stage 250 through any one of the first to fourth distribution passages 242 to 245.

なお、排出孔231aから落下された遊技球Bは、可動式の第2振り分け部材240の状態によっては、被供給部241に供給されず、この被供給部241の周囲部分に衝突してステージ250の方に供給されることもある。 The game ball B dropped from the discharge hole 231a is not supplied to the supplied portion 241 depending on the state of the movable second distribution member 240, and collides with the peripheral portion of the supplied portion 241 to collide with the stage 250. It may be supplied to the person.

一方、分岐通路233の第2通路232に案内された遊技球Bは、図13に示すように、この第2通路232が揺動通路となっているため当該通路方向で揺動した後に、第2通路232の通路中間位置の排出傾斜部232aにより、第2振り分け部材240の受け皿部247に向けて遊技球Bが排出される。なお、この排出傾斜部232aから排出される遊技球Bは、図15(c)に示すように、受け皿部247が第2振り分け部材240の可動範囲を許容する形状としているため、第2振り分け部材240が如何なる状態にあってもこの受け皿部247に供給されるようになっている。そして、この第2振り分け部材240の受け皿部247に供給された遊技球Bは、図15(b)に示す排出孔231aから図4に示す第5振分通路246を通って前方向に出力されて、ステージ250を介さずに特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)や普通入賞部262に供給される。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 13, the game ball B guided to the second passage 232 of the branch passage 233 has a swing passage, so that the second passage 232 swings in the direction of the passage and then the second passage B. The game ball B is discharged toward the saucer portion 247 of the second distribution member 240 by the discharge inclined portion 232a at the middle position of the passage of the two passages 232. As shown in FIG. 15C, the game ball B discharged from the discharge inclined portion 232a has a shape in which the saucer portion 247 allows the movable range of the second sorting member 240, so that the second sorting member The 240 is supplied to the saucer portion 247 regardless of the state of the 240. Then, the game ball B supplied to the tray portion 247 of the second distribution member 240 is output forward from the discharge hole 231a shown in FIG. 15B through the fifth distribution passage 246 shown in FIG. Then, it is supplied to the specific winning section 260 (V zone) and the normal winning section 262 without going through the stage 250.

以下に、第5振分通路246からの遊技球Bの出力について、第2振り分け部材240の状態別に説明する。 Hereinafter, the output of the game ball B from the fifth distribution passage 246 will be described according to the state of the second distribution member 240.

まず、図20(c)に示すように、第2振り分け部材240が中央水平状態のときは、第5振分通路246を通って前方向に出力された遊技球Bは、ステージ250を介さずに特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に直接に入賞する。 First, as shown in FIG. 20 (c), when the second distribution member 240 is in the central horizontal state, the game ball B output in the forward direction through the fifth distribution passage 246 does not go through the stage 250. Directly win a prize in the specific winning section 260 (V zone).

また、図20(b)および図21(a)に示すように、第2振り分け部材240が左上向き状態および右上向き状態のときは、第5振分通路246の奥部で遊技球Bが止められることがあり、その直後に図20(c)に示す中央水平状態となれば、この第5振分通路246から出力された遊技球Bがステージ250を介さずに特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に直接に入賞することがある。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 20 (b) and 21 (a), when the second distribution member 240 is in the upper left facing state and the upper right facing state, the game ball B is stopped at the back of the fifth distribution passage 246. If the central horizontal state shown in FIG. 20 (c) is reached immediately after that, the game ball B output from the fifth distribution passage 246 does not go through the stage 250, and the specific winning portion 260 (V zone). ) May be won directly.

また、第2振り分け部材240が、中央水平状態(図20(c)参照)以外の状態、つまり、左水平状態(図20(a)参照)、左上向き状態(図20(b)参照)、右上向き状態(図21(a)参照)および右水平状態(図21(b)参照)のときは、第5振分通路246の出力方向が特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に向いていないためこの第5振分通路246からの遊技球Bはステージ250を介さずに普通入賞部262に入賞することになる。 Further, the second sorting member 240 is in a state other than the central horizontal state (see FIG. 20 (c)), that is, a left horizontal state (see FIG. 20 (a)) and an upper left facing state (see FIG. 20 (b)). In the upper right facing state (see FIG. 21 (a)) and the right horizontal state (see FIG. 21 (b)), the output direction of the fifth distribution passage 246 is not oriented toward the specific winning portion 260 (V zone). The game ball B from the fifth distribution passage 246 will win a prize in the normal winning section 262 without going through the stage 250.

次に、第2振分通路243または第3振分通路244からの遊技球Bの出力について、第2振り分け部材240の状態別に説明する。 Next, the output of the game ball B from the second distribution passage 243 or the third distribution passage 244 will be described according to the state of the second distribution member 240.

具体的には、図20(a)に示すように、第2振り分け部材240が左水平状態のときは、第3振分通路244を通って前方向に出力された遊技球Bは、ステージ250を介さずに特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に直接に入賞するが、第2振分通路243を通って前方向に出力された遊技球Bは普通入賞部262に入賞することになる。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 20A, when the second distribution member 240 is in the left horizontal state, the game ball B output in the forward direction through the third distribution passage 244 is the stage 250. The specific winning section 260 (V zone) is directly won without going through, but the game ball B output in the forward direction through the second distribution passage 243 is usually winning the winning section 262.

また、図21(b)に示すように、第2振り分け部材240が右水平状態のときは、第2振分通路243を通って前方向に出力された遊技球Bは、ステージ250を介さずに特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に直接に入賞するが、第3振分通路244を通って前方向に出力された遊技球Bは普通入賞部262に入賞することになる。 Further, as shown in FIG. 21B, when the second distribution member 240 is in the right horizontal state, the game ball B output in the forward direction through the second distribution passage 243 does not go through the stage 250. The specific winning section 260 (V zone) is directly won, but the game ball B output in the forward direction through the third distribution passage 244 is winning the normal winning section 262.

なお、第2振り分け部材240が中央水平状態(図20(c)参照)のときは、第2振分通路243または第3振分通路244を通った遊技球Bは、第2振分通路243および第3振分通路244の出力方向が特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に向いていないため、ステージ250を介さずに普通入賞部262に入賞することになる。また、第2振り分け部材240が左上向き状態(図20(b)参照)および右上向き状態(図21(a)参照)のときは、その上向き姿勢のため、被供給部241に供給された遊技球Bが第2振分通路243または第3振分通路244ではなく第1振分通路242または第4振分通路245からステージ250に出力される。 When the second distribution member 240 is in the central horizontal state (see FIG. 20C), the game ball B passing through the second distribution passage 243 or the third distribution passage 244 is the second distribution passage 243. Since the output direction of the third distribution passage 244 is not directed to the specific winning section 260 (V zone), the normal winning section 262 is won without going through the stage 250. Further, when the second distribution member 240 is in the upper left facing state (see FIG. 20 (b)) and the upper right facing state (see FIG. 21 (a)), the game supplied to the supplied unit 241 due to its upward posture. The sphere B is output to the stage 250 from the first distribution passage 242 or the fourth distribution passage 245 instead of the second distribution passage 243 or the third distribution passage 244.

次に、第1振分通路242または第4振分通路245からの遊技球Bの出力について、第2振り分け部材240の状態別に説明する。 Next, the output of the game ball B from the first distribution passage 242 or the fourth distribution passage 245 will be described according to the state of the second distribution member 240.

第2振り分け部材240が左上向き状態(図20(b)参照)および右上向き状態(図21(a)参照)のときは、その上向き姿勢のため、被供給部241に供給された遊技球Bが第1振分通路242または第4振分通路245からステージ250に幅方向(横方向)出力される。 When the second distribution member 240 is in the upper left facing state (see FIG. 20B) and in the upper right facing state (see FIG. 21A), the game ball B supplied to the supplied portion 241 due to its upward posture. Is output from the first distribution passage 242 or the fourth distribution passage 245 to the stage 250 in the width direction (horizontal direction).

この第1振分通路242または第4振分通路245からステージ250の幅方向に出力された遊技球Bは、当該ステージ250の転動領域251が水平であるため、波立ち発生機構部253による往復移動する山部252の影響を受けるまでは、転動領域251の幅方向(横方向)に移動するし、壁部258に当たって逆方向に反射して移動することもある。 The game ball B output from the first distribution passage 242 or the fourth distribution passage 245 in the width direction of the stage 250 reciprocates by the wave generation mechanism unit 253 because the rolling region 251 of the stage 250 is horizontal. Until it is affected by the moving mountain portion 252, it moves in the width direction (horizontal direction) of the rolling region 251 and may hit the wall portion 258 and be reflected in the opposite direction to move.

また、第2振り分け部材240は、その底面側と転動領域251との間を遊技球Bが通過可能な間隔を空けて、支持機構300により支持されているので、図23に示すように、転動領域251における第2振り分け部材240の下方領域も遊技球Bの転動が可能となっている。 Further, since the second distribution member 240 is supported by the support mechanism 300 with a space between the bottom surface side thereof and the rolling region 251 so that the game ball B can pass through, as shown in FIG. 23, The game ball B can also be rolled in the lower region of the second distribution member 240 in the rolling region 251.

そして、転動領域251の幅方向に転動する遊技球Bが、例えば転動領域251を他方側(特定入賞部260とは反対側:上流側)から一方側(特定入賞部260側:下流側)に移動する山部252の影響を受けて、図16に示すように、遊技球Bに斜め方向の合成力が生じてその遊技球Bが転動領域251を斜め方向(図16の一点鎖線矢印方向)に転動し始めるため、遊技球Bが転動領域251の幅方向に出力された時点で山部252の影響を受ければその時点から斜め方向に転動することになるし、遊技球Bが転動領域251の幅方向に出力されてしばらくその方向に進んだ時点で山部252の影響を受ければその時点から斜め方向に転動することになる。また、転動領域251を一方側(特定入賞部260側)から他方側に戻ってくる山部252の影響を受けた場合には、図16に示すように、遊技球Bが奥側に戻されてから、遊技球Bが転動領域251を斜め方向(図16の二点鎖線矢印方向)に転動することもある。なお、図16では、右下り斜め方向のみを図示しているが、左下り斜め方向に転動することがあることは言うまでもない。 Then, the game ball B that rolls in the width direction of the rolling region 251, for example, moves the rolling region 251 from the other side (opposite side to the specific winning portion 260: upstream side) to one side (specific winning portion 260 side: downstream). Under the influence of the mountain portion 252 moving to the side), as shown in FIG. 16, a synthetic force in the diagonal direction is generated in the game ball B, and the game ball B diagonally crosses the rolling region 251 (one point in FIG. 16). Since it starts rolling in the direction of the chain line arrow), if the game ball B is affected by the mountain portion 252 when it is output in the width direction of the rolling region 251, it will roll diagonally from that point. If the game ball B is output in the width direction of the rolling region 251 and is affected by the mountain portion 252 at a time when it has advanced in that direction for a while, it will roll in an oblique direction from that point. Further, when the rolling region 251 is affected by the mountain portion 252 returning from one side (specific winning portion 260 side) to the other side, the game ball B returns to the back side as shown in FIG. After that, the game ball B may roll in the rolling region 251 in an oblique direction (direction of the two-dot chain line arrow in FIG. 16). Although FIG. 16 shows only the diagonal direction downward to the right, it goes without saying that the vehicle may roll in the diagonal direction downward to the left.

そして、ステージ250の転動領域251を山部252の影響を受けて流下した遊技球Bは、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262のいずれかに入賞する。 Then, the game ball B that has flowed down the rolling region 251 of the stage 250 under the influence of the mountain portion 252 wins either the specific winning portion 260 (V zone) or the normal winning portion 262.

通常遊技状態(大当たり状態以外の状態)において、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に遊技球Bが入球(入賞)すると大当たり状態(後述する「羽根モノ大当たり」状態)が発生することになるが、普通入賞部262に入球するとその入球に対しての賞球が与えられるだけで大当たり状態は発生しない。 In the normal game state (state other than the big hit state), when the game ball B enters (wins) the specific winning unit 260 (V zone), the big hit state (“blade mono big hit” state described later) will occur. , When a ball enters the normal winning section 262, only the winning ball is given to the winning ball, and the big hit state does not occur.

続いて、大当たり状態について説明する。なお、本実施例のパチンコ機10は、前述したようにラウンド自動移行タイプのパチンコ機である。つまり、入賞装置40が大当たり状態(つまり、入賞装置40の羽根41a,41bの開閉が所定ラウンド行われる状態)において、入賞装置40への遊技球Bの入賞(入球)個数を入球検出センサ221(図3参照)で検出しており、当該大当たり状態での遊技球Bの入賞個数が所定数(ここでは10個)に達するとそのラウンドを終了するようにしている。また、入賞装置40の羽根41a,41bの開閉が所定回数(18回)に達した場合にもそのラウンドを終了するようにしている。つまり、当該大当たり状態での1ラウンドは、入賞装置40の羽根41a,41bの開放回数(18回)、または、遊技球Bの入賞個数(10個)のうち、いずれかが所定数に達成するとそのラウンドが終了するようになっている。 Next, the jackpot state will be described. The pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment is a round automatic transition type pachinko machine as described above. That is, when the winning device 40 is in a big hit state (that is, a state in which the blades 41a and 41b of the winning device 40 are opened and closed in a predetermined round), the number of winning (winning balls) of the game ball B to the winning device 40 is determined by the winning ball detection sensor. It is detected by 221 (see FIG. 3), and the round is ended when the number of winning balls of the game ball B in the jackpot state reaches a predetermined number (10 in this case). Further, even when the blades 41a and 41b of the winning device 40 are opened and closed a predetermined number of times (18 times), the round is ended. That is, in one round in the jackpot state, when either the number of times the blades 41a and 41b of the winning device 40 are opened (18 times) or the number of winnings of the game ball B (10 pieces) reaches a predetermined number. The round is about to end.

つまり、メイン制御装置70は、羽根駆動装置49を駆動して羽根41a,41bを18回開閉させるが、その間に、入賞装置40内に所定数(ここでは10個)の遊技球Bが入賞したときには、開閉動作が18回に満たない場合であっても羽根駆動装置49に指令を出力して羽根41a,41bを閉鎖状態としそのラウンドを終了し、それを所定の最大ラウンドまで継続する。例えば、「羽根モノ大当たり」つまり、入賞装置40の特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)への入球(入賞)することで生じる大当たり状態では、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)への入球(入賞)に基づいて、最大ラウンド(例えば、2、7、15ラウンド)が決定されるようになっている。つまり、メイン制御装置70は、最大ラウンド決定用乱数を備え、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)への入球(入賞)検出時の最大ラウンド決定用乱数に基づいて、2ラウンド(発生確率33%)、7ラウンド(発生確率34%)、15ラウンド(発生確率33%)のいずれかが決定される。なお、特別遊技状態が限度回数まで行われた後には、基本的には通常遊技状態に戻るが、時短状態となる場合もある。ここで言う「時短状態」とは、大当たり状態終了後の羽根41a,41bの開放回数が所定回数(例えば20回)に達するまでの間、この羽根41a,41bの開放時間を所定時間に延長した状態などが挙げられる。 That is, the main control device 70 drives the blade drive device 49 to open and close the blades 41a and 41b 18 times, and during that time, a predetermined number (10 here) of game balls B win a prize in the prize device 40. Occasionally, even if the opening / closing operation is less than 18 times, a command is output to the blade driving device 49 to close the blades 41a and 41b, end the round, and continue it until a predetermined maximum round. For example, in the "blade mono jackpot", that is, in the jackpot state generated by entering (winning) the specific winning section 260 (V zone) of the winning device 40, the winning ball (winning) to the specific winning section 260 (V zone). ), The maximum round (for example, 2, 7, 15 rounds) is determined. That is, the main control device 70 includes a random number for determining the maximum round, and two rounds (probability of occurrence 33%) are based on the random number for determining the maximum round when a ball (winning) is detected in the specific winning unit 260 (V zone). ), 7 rounds (occurrence probability 34%), and 15 rounds (occurrence probability 33%) are determined. After the special gaming state has been performed up to the limit number of times, the game basically returns to the normal gaming state, but the working hours may be shortened. The "time saving state" here means that the opening time of the blades 41a and 41b is extended to a predetermined time until the number of times the blades 41a and 41b are opened after the jackpot state reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, 20 times). The state etc. can be mentioned.

また、このパチンコ機10は、前述の「羽根モノ大当たり」以外に、「直撃大当たり」つまり、第1始動口31,第2始動口33への入球(入賞)に基づいて行われる抽選により生じる大当たり状態も有している。具体的には、メイン制御装置70は、大当たり抽選用乱数を備えており、第1始動口31,第2始動口33への入球(入賞)検出時の大当たり抽選用乱数に基づいて、大当たりか外れかが決定されるようになっている。なお、「直撃大当たり」の確率は、例えば1/112程度となっている。また、かかる大当たり状態としては7ラウンド(発生確率60%)と14ラウンド(発生確率40%)との二種類があり、例えば大当たり抽選用乱数の値に基づいて7ラウンド(発生確率60%)と14ラウンド(発生確率40%)のいずれかが決定されるようになっている。 Further, the pachinko machine 10 is generated by a "direct hit jackpot", that is, a lottery performed based on a ball entering (winning) into the first starting port 31 and the second starting port 33, in addition to the above-mentioned "blade mono jackpot". It also has a jackpot state. Specifically, the main control device 70 includes a random number for a big hit lottery, and is a big hit based on the random number for the big hit lottery at the time of detecting the entry (winning) to the first start port 31 and the second start port 33. Whether it is out or not is decided. The probability of "direct hit jackpot" is, for example, about 1/112. In addition, there are two types of such jackpot states, 7 rounds (occurrence probability 60%) and 14 rounds (occurrence probability 40%). Any of the 14 rounds (occurrence probability 40%) is determined.

なお、上述した大当たり状態においては、メイン制御装置70は、別案内条件成立(大当たり状態の全ラウンドの期間)とし、図3に示すように、大当たり状態の全ラウンドの期間において、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bを別通路265に案内するように案内切替部267を制御して開閉部224aを開状態とし、保持制御部293は、図18に示すように、全ラウンドの期間において、波立ち発生機構部253による転動領域251での山部252を当該転動領域251での別通路265の出力側の開口が投影される部分の上流側位置で保持させるように制御する。 In the above-mentioned jackpot state, the main control device 70 assumes that the separate guidance condition is satisfied (the period of all rounds in the jackpot state), and as shown in FIG. The guide switching unit 267 is controlled so as to guide the game ball B from 220 to the separate passage 265 to open the opening / closing unit 224a, and the holding control unit 293 controls the holding control unit 293 during the entire round period as shown in FIG. The undulation generation mechanism unit 253 controls to hold the mountain portion 252 in the rolling region 251 at the upstream position of the portion where the output side opening of the separate passage 265 in the rolling region 251 is projected.

また、大当たり状態における入賞装置40の開閉入球部220以降の遊技球Bの流れについては、以下に説明する。 Further, the flow of the game ball B after the opening / closing ball portion 220 of the winning device 40 in the big hit state will be described below.

上述した大当たり状態においては、図10,図18に示すように、開閉入球部220から入球された遊技球Bが、第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240を介さずに別通路265(特別ルート)を通ってステージ250に供給される(図18での破線矢印でのルート)ことから、第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240よりも速くステージ250に供給されることになる。さらに、この大当たり状態では、図18(b)に示すように、ステージ250の山部252が転動領域251の他方側で保持された状態となっているため、別通路265(特別ルート)を通ってステージ250に供給された遊技球Bを往復移動する山部252によって転動領域251の他方側に押し戻すようなことがなく、転動領域251の一方側(特定入賞部260側)に遊技球Bが転動されることになる。 In the above-mentioned jackpot state, as shown in FIGS. 10 and 18, the game ball B entered from the opening / closing entry portion 220 does not go through the first distribution member 230 and the second distribution member 240, but is a separate passage 265. Since it is supplied to the stage 250 through (special route) (route by the broken line arrow in FIG. 18), it is supplied to the stage 250 faster than the first distribution member 230 and the second distribution member 240. .. Further, in this jackpot state, as shown in FIG. 18B, since the mountain portion 252 of the stage 250 is held on the other side of the rolling region 251, another passage 265 (special route) is provided. The game ball B supplied to the stage 250 through the game ball B is not pushed back to the other side of the rolling region 251 by the mountain portion 252 that reciprocates, and the game is played on one side of the rolling region 251 (specific winning unit 260 side). The ball B will be rolled.

また、メイン制御装置70は、この大当たり抽選用乱数が当りである場合には、表示装置60の表示画面61に識別情報の変動表示を行うように表示制御装置45を制御し、大当たりを示す表示態様の識別情報表示で停止させるという変動表示演出も行うようになっている。なお、この大当たり抽選用乱数が外れであり、且つ、外れ変動表示条件成立の場合に、識別情報の変動表示を行い、外れを示す表示態様の識別情報表示で停止させるという変動表示演出を行う。なお、外れ変動表示条件成立を低確率とした場合には、外れ変動表示の実行数が低くなり、それ以外の変動表示は大当たりの変動表示であるため、識別情報の変動表示が大当たりとなる印象を遊技者に与えることができる。 Further, when the big hit lottery random number is a hit, the main control device 70 controls the display control device 45 so as to display the identification information on the display screen 61 of the display device 60 in a variable manner, and displays the big hit. A variable display effect of stopping at the display of the identification information of the mode is also performed. If the random number for the jackpot lottery is out of order and the out-of-order variation display condition is satisfied, the identification information is variablely displayed and stopped at the identification information display in the display mode indicating the out-of-order. If the probability of satisfying the deviation variation display condition is low, the number of executions of the deviation variation display is low, and the other variation displays are jackpot variation displays, so the impression that the variation display of the identification information is a jackpot. Can be given to the player.

上述したように本実施例の遊技機によれば、入賞装置40は、入球した遊技球Bの挙動を遊技者に視認させるための内部空間を有する本体部材210と、この本体部材210の所定箇所に設けられた開閉入球部220と、本体部材210の内部空間に設けられ、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bを振り分けて出力する第1振り分け部材230と、本体部材210の内部空間に設けられ、第1振り分け部材230で振り分け出力された遊技球Bが入球可能で、且つ、遊技球Bの入球することにより遊技者にとって有利な遊技状態の発生の契機となる特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)と、本体部材210の内部空間でその一方側に設けられ、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)以外の入球部であって第1振り分け部材230で振り分けられた遊技球Bが入球可能な普通入賞部262とを備え、第1振り分け部材230は、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bを通路方向に揺動させて特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262に排出する第2通路232と、この第2通路232の遊技球Bの入力端と段差無く連通された連通路310と、平面視の連通路310での第2通路232からの遊技球Bの出入箇所以外の止め箇所に位置することで第2通路232への遊技球Bの供給を止める止め状態となり、且つ、前記出入箇所以外の箇所であって止め箇所から退避した退避箇所に位置することで第2通路232への遊技球Bの供給を可能とする止め解除状態となる規制部材312とを備えている。 As described above, according to the gaming machine of the present embodiment, the winning device 40 has a main body member 210 having an internal space for allowing the player to visually recognize the behavior of the game ball B that has entered the ball, and a predetermined main body member 210. The opening / closing entry portion 220 provided at the location, the first distribution member 230 provided in the internal space of the main body member 210 to distribute and output the game ball B from the opening / closing entry portion 220, and the internal space of the main body member 210. A specific winning unit that is provided in the above and is capable of entering the game ball B distributed and output by the first distribution member 230, and that the entry of the game ball B triggers the generation of a gaming state that is advantageous to the player. A game ball B provided on one side of the 260 (V zone) and the internal space of the main body member 210, which is a ball entry portion other than the specific winning portion 260 (V zone) and is distributed by the first distribution member 230. The first distribution member 230 includes a normal winning section 262 capable of entering a ball, and the first sorting member 230 swings the game ball B from the opening / closing entry section 220 in the direction of the passage to swing the game ball B in the passage direction to the specific winning section 260 (V zone) or the normal winning section 262. The second passage 232 to be discharged to the second passage 232, the communication ball 310 communicating with the input end of the game ball B of the second passage 232 without a step, and the game ball B from the second passage 232 in the connection passage 310 in a plan view. By being located at a stop point other than the entry / exit point, the supply of the game ball B to the second passage 232 is stopped, and the place is located at a place other than the entry / exit point and retracted from the stop point. It is provided with a regulating member 312 that is in a stop-released state that enables the supply of the game ball B to the second passage 232.

したがって、開閉入球部220から入賞装置40内に入球した遊技球Bは、規制部材312が止め解除状態のときに第1振り分け部材230の第2通路232に供給されて、この第2通路232で揺動されることになるが、第2通路232の入力端に段差の無く連通された連通路310まで行き来できるし、規制部材312は止め状態および止め解除状態のいずれの状態においても第2通路232からの遊技球Bの出入箇所に存しないため、規制部材312によって揺動幅が制限されることもない。その結果、入賞装置40内の第1振り分け部材230(例えば振分装置)での第2通路232の遊技球揺動幅を拡張できるパチンコ機(遊技機)を提供することができる。 Therefore, the game ball B that has entered the winning device 40 from the opening / closing entry portion 220 is supplied to the second passage 232 of the first distribution member 230 when the regulation member 312 is in the stop release state, and the second passage. Although it will be oscillated by 232, it can go back and forth to the communication passage 310 which is communicated without a step at the input end of the second passage 232, and the restricting member 312 is the first in both the stopped state and the stopped release state. Since the game ball B does not exist at the entrance / exit location of the game ball B from the two passages 232, the swing width is not limited by the restricting member 312. As a result, it is possible to provide a pachinko machine (game machine) capable of expanding the swing width of the game ball in the second passage 232 in the first distribution member 230 (for example, the distribution device) in the winning device 40.

また、第2通路232は、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入球し得るように排出するものであり、第1振り分け部材230は、第2通路232よりも特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入り難く排出する第1通路231を備え、規制部材312は、止め解除状態時には第2通路232に、止め状態時には第1通路231に遊技球Bを案内するものであり、さらに、第1振り分け部材230は、規制部材312の止め状態または止め解除状態への状態変移に伴って一体駆動または連動する装飾部材316を備えているので、遊技者は、装飾部材316の状態を見ることで、第2通路232に遊技球が案内され得る状態(例えば、遊技者にとって有利な振り分け状態)であることが分かる。その結果、入賞装置40内の第1振り分け部材230(振分装置)での遊技球の有利な振り分けを遊技者に分かり易くしたパチンコ機を提供することができる。 Further, the second passage 232 discharges the ball so that the ball can enter the specific winning section 260 (V zone), and the first distribution member 230 has a specific winning section 260 (V zone) rather than the second passage 232. The regulation member 312 guides the game ball B to the second passage 232 when the stop is released, and to the first passage 231 when the stop is released, and further, the first distribution is provided. Since the member 230 includes a decorative member 316 that is integrally driven or interlocked with the state change of the regulating member 312 to the stopped state or the stopped state, the player can see the state of the decorative member 316 to obtain a second. It can be seen that the game ball can be guided to the two passages 232 (for example, a distribution state advantageous for the player). As a result, it is possible to provide a pachinko machine that makes it easy for the player to understand the advantageous distribution of the game ball by the first distribution member 230 (distribution device) in the winning device 40.

なお、第2通路232(揺動排出通路)が正面手前側(遊技者にとって近い側)に位置し、第2通路232よりも手前側(遊技者にとって近い側)に装飾部材316(視認部材)が位置し、規制部材312(止め部材)は第2通路232よりも奥側(遊技者にとって遠い側)に位置し、装飾部材316と規制部材312とを一体駆動(または連動)するので、第2通路232を揺動する遊技球Bで装飾部材316が隠れてしまうことがなく、装飾部材316が遊技球Bで見難くなることがない。また、規制部材312が第2通路232よりも手前側(遊技者にとって近い側)に位置する場合では、その分だけ第2通路232が奥側に位置することになるため、第2通路232での遊技球Bの揺動の見易さに劣るが、第2通路232が規制部材312はよりも手前側(遊技者にとって近い側)に位置しているため、遊技球Bの揺動が見易い状態で遊技者に提供できる。 The second passage 232 (swing discharge passage) is located on the front side (closer to the player), and the decorative member 316 (visual member) is on the front side (closer to the player) than the second passage 232. Is located, and the regulating member 312 (stopping member) is located on the back side (far side for the player) from the second passage 232, and the decorative member 316 and the regulating member 312 are integrally driven (or interlocked). The decorative member 316 is not hidden by the game ball B swinging in the two passages 232, and the decorative member 316 is not obscured by the game ball B. Further, when the regulation member 312 is located on the front side (closer to the player) than the second passage 232, the second passage 232 is located on the back side by that amount, so that the second passage 232 is used. Although it is inferior in the visibility of the swing of the game ball B, the swing of the game ball B is easy to see because the second passage 232 is located on the front side (closer to the player) of the regulation member 312. It can be provided to the player in the state.

また、第2通路232(揺動排出通路)は、第1通路231よりも正面手前側に位置し、且つ、第1通路231に比べて遊技球Bをゆっくり滞留させるものであり、入賞装置40は、第1振り分け部材230で振り分けられた遊技球Bが移動可能で特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262のいずれかに案内するステージ250を備え、別通路265(特別ルート)は、開閉入球部220から入球された遊技球Bを第1振り分け部材230(特に第2通路232)よりも速くステージ250に案内するので、第2通路232(揺動排出通路)での遊技球Bの揺動、つまり、ゆっくりされる遊技球Bを遊技者にとって手前側に位置させることで、その様子をより良く見せることができる。また、第1振り分け部材230(特に第2通路232)を通らずに別通路265(特別ルート)で案内された遊技球Bがステージ250に案内されて特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262のいずれかに案内されるので、遊技球Bが迅速に処理されるだけでなく、遊技者は、別通路265(特別ルート)を通った遊技球Bをステージ250上で視認することができ、入賞装置40に入球した遊技球Bを確認することができる。 Further, the second passage 232 (swinging discharge passage) is located on the front side of the first passage 231 and allows the game ball B to stay more slowly than the first passage 231. The winning device 40 Is equipped with a stage 250 in which the game ball B distributed by the first distribution member 230 is movable and guides to either the specific winning unit 260 (V zone) or the normal winning unit 262, and the separate passage 265 (special route) is provided. Since the game ball B entered from the opening / closing entry portion 220 is guided to the stage 250 faster than the first distribution member 230 (particularly the second passage 232), the game in the second passage 232 (swinging discharge passage). By swinging the ball B, that is, by locating the slowed game ball B on the front side of the player, the situation can be shown better. In addition, the game ball B guided by the separate passage 265 (special route) without passing through the first distribution member 230 (particularly the second passage 232) is guided to the stage 250 and is guided to the specific winning section 260 (V zone) or a normal winning prize. Since the player is guided to one of the sections 262, not only the game ball B is processed quickly, but also the player can visually recognize the game ball B passing through the separate passage 265 (special route) on the stage 250. It is possible to confirm the game ball B that has entered the winning device 40.

また、規制部材312は、通常時には止め状態となっており、解除条件成立時の所定期間は止め解除状態となるので、通常時は、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入り難く排出する第1通路231が選択されており、仮に通常時に規制部材312が故障しても第1通路231を通って特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入り難く排出されるだけであり、規制部材312の故障により遊技者に不当な利益(つまり、第1通路231に比べて特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入り易い第2通路232を通って遊技球が常時排出される不当な利益)が与えられることを低減できる。また、解除条件成立時の所定期間に規制部材312が止め解除状態とならず、第2通路232に振り分けられないことから、かかる規制部材312の故障を発見できる。 Further, the restricting member 312 is normally in the stopped state, and is in the stopped release state for a predetermined period when the release condition is satisfied. The passage 231 is selected, and even if the regulating member 312 fails in normal times, it is only difficult to enter the specific winning portion 260 (V zone) through the first passage 231 and is discharged due to the failure of the regulating member 312. It is given to the player an unreasonable benefit (that is, an unreasonable benefit that the game ball is constantly discharged through the second passage 232, which is easier to enter the specific winning section 260 (V zone) than the first passage 231). Can be reduced. Further, since the restricting member 312 is not in the stopped release state during the predetermined period when the release condition is satisfied and is not distributed to the second passage 232, the failure of the restricting member 312 can be found.

また、規制部材312の切り欠き部314は、止め状態または止め解除状態のいずれの状態においても連通路310の上方箇所が吹き抜かれたものとしているので、連通路310での第2通路232からの遊技球Bの出入箇所上に規制部材312が位置することがなく、当該規制部材312に遊技球Bが乗ったまま保持されるようなことがないし、連通路310と規制部材312との間に遊技球Bが挟まれるようなこともない。 Further, since the cutout portion 314 of the regulating member 312 is assumed to have been blown out from the upper portion of the communication passage 310 in either the stopped state or the stop release state, the second passage 232 in the communication passage 310 is used. The regulation member 312 is not located on the entry / exit point of the game ball B, the game ball B is not held while being on the regulation member 312, and is between the communication passage 310 and the regulation member 312. The game ball B is not pinched.

また、ステージ250は、転動領域251での一方側方向に対して直交する当該転動領域251の幅方向に連なる山部252を当該転動領域251に発生させるとともに、当該山部252を転動領域251の一方側方向に沿って移動させる波立ち発生機構部253を備え、第2振り分け部材240は、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bを、ステージ250の転動領域251の幅方向に少なくとも振り分け出力する。 Further, the stage 250 generates a mountain portion 252 extending in the width direction of the rolling region 251 orthogonal to one side direction in the rolling region 251 in the rolling region 251 and rolls the mountain portion 252. A wave generation mechanism unit 253 that moves along one side direction of the moving region 251 is provided, and the second distribution member 240 moves the game ball B from the opening / closing entry unit 220 in the width direction of the rolling region 251 of the stage 250. At least distribute and output.

したがって、第2振り分け部材240からステージ250の転動領域251の幅方向に遊技球Bが振り分け出力されるタイミングと、波立ち発生機構部253による転動領域251での波立ち(山部252)の移動タイミングとにより、転動領域251での遊技球Bの転動方向が決定される。つまり、転動領域251の幅方向に転動する遊技球Bが、転動領域251の奥行き方向に移動する山部252の影響を受けることで、遊技球Bに斜め方向の合成力が生じてその遊技球Bが転動領域251を斜め方向に転動し始めるため、遊技球Bが転動領域251の幅方向に出力された時点で山部252の影響を受ければその時点から斜め方向に転動することになるし、遊技球Bが転動領域251の幅方向に出力されてしばらくその方向に進んだ時点で山部252の影響を受ければその時点から斜め方向に転動することになるため、遊技球Bの転動方向に変化を持たせることができる。すなわち、第2振り分け部材240から転動領域251の幅方向に遊技球Bを出力する位置(落とす位置)は毎回同じなのに、転動領域251の移動する山部252により転動領域251での遊技球Bの流下方向に意外性を持たせることができ、転動領域251を広範囲に転動させることができ、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入るかどうかの変化を持たせることができる。 Therefore, the timing at which the game ball B is distributed and output from the second distribution member 240 in the width direction of the rolling region 251 of the stage 250, and the movement of the undulation (mountain portion 252) in the rolling region 251 by the undulation generation mechanism unit 253. Depending on the timing, the rolling direction of the game ball B in the rolling region 251 is determined. That is, the game ball B that rolls in the width direction of the rolling region 251 is affected by the mountain portion 252 that moves in the depth direction of the rolling region 251, so that a combined force in the diagonal direction is generated in the game ball B. Since the game ball B starts rolling in the rolling region 251 in the diagonal direction, if the game ball B is affected by the mountain portion 252 at the time when the game ball B is output in the width direction of the rolling region 251, it becomes diagonal from that point. It will roll, and if the game ball B is output in the width direction of the rolling region 251 and travels in that direction for a while and is affected by the mountain part 252, it will roll diagonally from that point. Therefore, it is possible to change the rolling direction of the game ball B. That is, although the position where the game ball B is output (dropped) from the second distribution member 240 in the width direction of the rolling region 251 is the same every time, the game in the rolling region 251 by the moving mountain portion 252 of the rolling region 251. It is possible to give unexpectedness to the flow direction of the sphere B, to roll the rolling region 251 over a wide range, and to give a change in whether or not to enter the specific winning portion 260 (V zone).

また、第2振り分け部材240での一部の遊技球Bは特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)などに直接に排出され、第2振り分け部材240での残りの遊技球Bはだけを転動領域251の幅方向に出すので、転動領域251での遊技球Bの挙動に面白味を持たせることができる。また、その山部252の動作を単純にしながら遊技球の色々な挙動を見せることができる。つまり、山部252を転動領域251の一方側方向に沿って移動させるだけであるので、山部252をハードまたはソフト制御でするにしても非常にコンパクトであり、山部252を逐次に動作または停止を制御する構成に比べてコンパクトにでき、山部252が単純な動作なので不正動作が発見し易いため、不正対策に優れる。また、山部252が単純な動作なので、遊技者にとって見ても山部252が不正に制御された不正な遊技機との印象を持たない。 Further, a part of the game ball B in the second distribution member 240 is directly discharged to the specific winning portion 260 (V zone) or the like, and only the remaining game ball B in the second distribution member 240 is the rolling region 251. Since it is put out in the width direction of, the behavior of the game ball B in the rolling region 251 can be made interesting. In addition, various behaviors of the game ball can be shown while simplifying the operation of the mountain portion 252. That is, since the mountain portion 252 is only moved along one side direction of the rolling region 251, it is very compact even if the mountain portion 252 is controlled by hard or soft, and the mountain portion 252 is operated sequentially. Alternatively, it can be made more compact than the configuration for controlling the stop, and since the mountain part 252 is a simple operation, it is easy to detect an illegal operation, so that it is excellent in measures against unauthorized operation. Further, since the Yamabe 252 is a simple operation, the player does not have the impression that the Yamabe 252 is an illegally controlled gaming machine.

その結果、入賞装置40内の振分装置(例えば、第2振り分け部材240)で振り分けられたステージ250上での遊技球Bの挙動に面白味を持たせることができるパチンコ機(遊技機)を提供することができる。 As a result, a pachinko machine (game machine) capable of giving an interesting behavior to the game ball B on the stage 250 sorted by the sorting device (for example, the second sorting member 240) in the winning device 40 is provided. can do.

また、ステージ250の転動領域251は、水平または略水平な領域としているので、転動領域251の幅方向に出力された遊技球Bは、その出力方向に進んでいき、転動領域251の奥行き方向に移動する山部252の影響を受けたときから遊技球Bに斜め方向の合成力が生じてその遊技球Bが転動領域251を斜め方向に転動し始めることになり、波立ち発生機構部253による転動領域251での波立ち(山部252)を契機に転動領域251の一方側(特定入賞部260側)に向かわせることができる。 Further, since the rolling region 251 of the stage 250 is a horizontal or substantially horizontal region, the game ball B output in the width direction of the rolling region 251 advances in the output direction of the rolling region 251. From the time when the mountain part 252 moving in the depth direction is affected, a synthetic force in the diagonal direction is generated in the game ball B, and the game ball B starts rolling in the rolling region 251 in the diagonal direction, causing waviness. The rippling in the rolling region 251 by the mechanism unit 253 (mountain portion 252) can be used as an opportunity to direct the vehicle toward one side of the rolling region 251 (specific winning portion 260 side).

また、第2振り分け部材240の第1出力部(第2振分通路243、第3振分通路244、第5振分通路246)から前方向に出力される遊技球Bは、転動領域251を介さずに特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入球することがあり、第1出力部(第2振分通路243、第3振分通路244、第5振分通路246)から出力される遊技球Bが転動領域251の移動する山部252によって特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)への入球が阻まれることを防止でき、第1出力部(第2振分通路243、第3振分通路244、第5振分通路246)から出力されて特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入球される利益を確保できる。また、第2出力部(第1振分通路242、第4振分通路245)から転動領域251の幅方向に出力された遊技球Bは、転動領域251を移動する山部252の影響を受けて特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入球することがあるという面白味も提供できる。 Further, the game ball B output in the forward direction from the first output unit (second distribution passage 243, third distribution passage 244, fifth distribution passage 246) of the second distribution member 240 is the rolling region 251. The ball may enter the specific winning section 260 (V zone) without going through, and is output from the first output section (second distribution passage 243, third distribution passage 244, fifth distribution passage 246). It is possible to prevent the game ball B from being blocked from entering the specific winning section 260 (V zone) by the moving mountain section 252 of the rolling region 251, and the first output section (second distribution passage 243, third swing). It is possible to secure the profit of being output from the branch passage 244 and the fifth distribution passage 246) and entering the specific winning unit 260 (V zone). Further, the game ball B output in the width direction of the rolling region 251 from the second output unit (first distribution passage 242, fourth distribution passage 245) is affected by the mountain portion 252 moving in the rolling region 251. In response to this, it is possible to provide the fun of being able to enter the specific winning section 260 (V zone).

また、支持機構300は、第2振り分け部材240を、ステージ250の転動領域251上で転動領域251との間を遊技球Bが通過可能な間隔を空けて支持しているので、転動領域251における第2振り分け部材240の下方領域も遊技球Bの転動が可能であり、ステージ250の転動領域251をその幅方向にわたって最大限に活用することができる。また、ステージ250の転動領域251を転動する遊技球Bが第2振り分け部材240下を通る際に一旦隠れてから現れて、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入球する否かの様子を遊技者が見ることがあり、遊技球Bの挙動にさらに面白みを持たせることができる。 Further, the support mechanism 300 supports the second distribution member 240 on the rolling region 251 of the stage 250 with a space between the rolling region 251 and the rolling region 251 so that the game ball B can pass therethrough. The lower region of the second distribution member 240 in the region 251 can also roll the game ball B, and the rolling region 251 of the stage 250 can be fully utilized in the width direction thereof. Further, when the game ball B rolling in the rolling region 251 of the stage 250 passes under the second distribution member 240, it appears after being hidden once, and whether or not the ball enters the specific winning portion 260 (V zone). May be seen by the player, and the behavior of the game ball B can be made more interesting.

また、第2振り分け部材240は不透明部材としているので、ステージ250の転動領域251を転動する遊技球Bが第2振り分け部材240下を通る際に一旦隠れてしまい、その後に第2振り分け部材240下から現れて、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入球する否かの様子を遊技者が見ることがあり、遊技球Bの挙動にさらに面白みを持たせることができる。 Further, since the second distribution member 240 is an opaque member, the game ball B rolling in the rolling region 251 of the stage 250 is temporarily hidden when passing under the second distribution member 240, and then the second distribution member is hidden. The player may see whether or not the ball appears from the bottom of 240 and enters the specific winning unit 260 (V zone), and the behavior of the game ball B can be made more interesting.

また、ステージ250は、転動領域251の幅方向の両端箇所に、遊技球Bを当該転動領域251内に止めるための壁部258を備えているので、第2振り分け部材240から転動領域251の幅方向に出力された遊技球Bが当該転動領域251の幅方向の両端箇所に到達したとしても、その両端箇所の壁部258により反射され、この反射された遊技球Bに転動領域251での移動する山部252が作用してその転動方向を変えることができ、第2振り分け部材240での出力方向とは逆方向に遊技球Bを向かわせることができるだけでなく、移動する山部252により遊技球Bの転動方向を変化させることができる。 Further, since the stage 250 is provided with wall portions 258 for stopping the game ball B in the rolling region 251 at both ends in the width direction of the rolling region 251, the rolling region from the second distribution member 240 is provided. Even if the game ball B output in the width direction of 251 reaches both ends of the rolling region 251 in the width direction, it is reflected by the wall portions 258 at both ends and rolled to the reflected game ball B. The moving mountain portion 252 in the region 251 can act to change the rolling direction thereof, and not only can the game ball B be directed in the direction opposite to the output direction of the second distribution member 240, but also the movement. The rolling direction of the game ball B can be changed by the mountain portion 252.

また、横方向揺動機構273は、第2振り分け部材240の基端側を軸として先端側を内部空間で横方向に揺動するので、第2振り分け部材240から転動領域251への出力方向に多様性を持たせることができ、転動領域251での移動する山部252との関係でさらに多様な遊技球Bの挙動を生み出すことができる。 Further, since the lateral swing mechanism 273 swings laterally in the internal space with the tip end side as the axis with the base end side of the second distribution member 240 as an axis, the output direction from the second distribution member 240 to the rolling region 251. Can be varied and can produce more diverse behaviors of the game ball B in relation to the moving mountain portion 252 in the rolling region 251.

また、縦方向揺動機構274は、第2振り分け部材240の基端側を軸として先端側を内部空間で縦方向に揺動するので、第2振り分け部材240の先端側が上向きとした上向き姿勢と、第2振り分け部材240の先端側が下向きとした下向き姿勢とに可変することで、第2振り分け部材240での遊技球Bの出力方向に変化を与えることができ、第2振り分け部材240から転動領域251への出力方向にさらに多様性を持たせることができ、転動領域251での移動する山部252との関係でさらに多様な遊技球Bの挙動を生み出すことができる。 Further, since the vertical swing mechanism 274 swings in the vertical direction in the internal space with the tip end side as the axis with the base end side of the second sorting member 240 as an axis, the posture is upward with the tip end side of the second sorting member 240 facing upward. By varying the posture so that the tip end side of the second distribution member 240 faces downward, the output direction of the game ball B in the second distribution member 240 can be changed, and the second distribution member 240 rolls. The output direction to the region 251 can be further varied, and the behavior of the game ball B can be further varied in relation to the moving mountain portion 252 in the rolling region 251.

また、駆動機構部270は、第2振り分け部材240の基端側を軸としてその先端側を内部空間で横方向に一振りする際に、当該第2振り分け部材240の先端側を内部空間で縦方向に二往復させることで、正面視で第2振り分け部材240の先端側を略二山状に揺動させるので、正面視で第2振り分け部材240の先端側がその二山の麓に位置した姿勢では、第1出力部(第2振分通路243、第3振分通路244、第5振分通路246)から転動領域251を介さずに特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に向けて遊技球Bを出力することがあり、正面視で第2振り分け部材240の先端側がその二山の頂上に位置した姿勢では、第2出力部(第1振分通路242、第4振分通路245)から転動領域251の幅方向に遊技球Bを出力することがあり、第2振り分け部材240からの出力方向に多様性を持たせることができる。 Further, when the drive mechanism unit 270 swings the tip end side of the second sorting member 240 laterally in the internal space with the base end side as the axis, the tip end side of the second sorting member 240 is vertically oriented in the internal space. By making two reciprocations in the direction, the tip side of the second distribution member 240 is swung in a substantially two-mountain shape in front view, so that the tip side of the second distribution member 240 is located at the foot of the two mountains in front view. Then, the game ball from the first output unit (second distribution passage 243, third distribution passage 244, fifth distribution passage 246) toward the specific winning unit 260 (V zone) without going through the rolling region 251. B may be output, and in the posture in which the tip end side of the second distribution member 240 is located at the top of the two peaks in front view, the second output unit (first distribution passage 242, fourth distribution passage 245) The game ball B may be output in the width direction of the rolling region 251, and the output direction from the second distribution member 240 can be varied.

また、第2振り分け部材240は、複数個の前方向出力部(第2振分通路243、第3振分通路244、第5振分通路246)と右横方向出力部(第4振分通路245)と左横方向出力部(第1振分通路242)とを備えているので、複数個の前方向出力部(第2振分通路243、第3振分通路244、第5振分通路246)から転動領域251を介さずに特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に向けて遊技球Bを出力することができ、右横方向出力部(第4振分通路245)と左横方向出力部(第1振分通路242)とから転動領域251の幅方向に遊技球Bを出力することができる。 Further, the second distribution member 240 has a plurality of forward output units (second distribution passage 243, third distribution passage 244, fifth distribution passage 246) and a right lateral output unit (fourth distribution passage). 245) and a left lateral output unit (first distribution passage 242) are provided, so that a plurality of forward output units (second distribution passage 243, third distribution passage 244, fifth distribution passage 242) are provided. The game ball B can be output from the 246) toward the specific winning unit 260 (V zone) without going through the rolling region 251. The right lateral output unit (fourth distribution passage 245) and the left lateral output. The game ball B can be output from the portion (first distribution passage 242) in the width direction of the rolling region 251.

また、ステージ250の並設保持部材257は、転動領域251の幅方向に亘る長さの複数本の丸棒体256を、当該転動領域251の奥行き方向に遊技球Bの直径よりも小さい間隔で並設するとともに、複数本の丸棒体256を少なくとも高さ方向に移動可能に保持するので、遊技球Bを転動領域251の幅方向、つまり、隣接する丸棒体256間でその棒方向に転動させることができる。また、波立ち発生機構部253の押し上げ部材は、並設された複数本の丸棒体256のうちの一部の丸棒体256をその下方からその長手方向に亘って押し上げ、波立ち発生機構部253の往復移動機構255は、押し上げローラ部材254を転動領域251の奥行き方向に移動させるので、転動領域251の幅方向に連なる山部252を好適に発生させて当該転動領域251の一方側方向に沿って移動させることができる。 Further, the parallel holding member 257 of the stage 250 has a plurality of round bar bodies 256 having a length extending in the width direction of the rolling region 251 and smaller than the diameter of the game ball B in the depth direction of the rolling region 251. Since the game balls B are arranged side by side at intervals and hold a plurality of round bar bodies 256 so as to be movable at least in the height direction, the game ball B is placed in the width direction of the rolling region 251, that is, between the adjacent round bar bodies 256. It can be rolled in the direction of the rod. Further, the push-up member of the rippling generation mechanism portion 253 pushes up a part of the round bar bodies 256 out of the plurality of round bar bodies 256 arranged side by side from below the round bar body 256 in the longitudinal direction thereof, and the rippling generation mechanism portion 253. Since the reciprocating movement mechanism 255 of the above moves the push-up roller member 254 in the depth direction of the rolling region 251, a mountain portion 252 continuous in the width direction of the rolling region 251 is preferably generated and one side of the rolling region 251. It can be moved along the direction.

また、入賞装置40は、開閉入球部220から入球した遊技球Bを連通路310に導く導入通路部222を備え、第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240とは別の経路であって開閉入球部220から入球された遊技球Bを当該第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240よりも速く特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262の方に案内するまたは当該入賞装置の外部に排出する別通路265と、所定の別案内条件成立の場合に開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bを別通路265に案内し、それ以外の場合に第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240に案内するように切り替える案内切替部267とを備えているので、案内切替部267は、所定の別案内条件成立の場合(例えば、ラウンド自動移行タイプの遊技機での大当たり状態の各ラウンド期間)において、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bを別通路265に案内し、それ以外の場合(大当たり状態以外の状態である通常状態期間)において、第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240に案内するように切り替えるので、ラウンド自動移行タイプの遊技機での各ラウンド期間における時間、つまり次ラウンド獲得に無関係にかかっている時間を低減でき、大当り演出の間延び感を低減でき、次の遊技に素早く移行でき、得られる利益が変わらないのに不必要に待たされる問題を解消できる。また、規制部材312に遊技球Bが衝突することがなく、規制部材312の耐用期間を延ばすことができる。 Further, the winning device 40 includes an introduction passage portion 222 that guides the game ball B entered from the opening / closing entry portion 220 to the continuous passage 310, and is a route different from the first distribution member 230 and the second distribution member 240. The game ball B entered from the opening / closing entry section 220 is guided to the specific winning section 260 (V zone) or the normal winning section 262 faster than the first sorting member 230 and the second sorting member 240, or the relevant one. The separate passage 265 to be discharged to the outside of the winning device and the game ball B from the opening / closing entry portion 220 are guided to the separate passage 265 when a predetermined separate guidance condition is satisfied, and in other cases, the first distribution member 230 and Since the guide switching unit 267 is provided to switch so as to guide to the second distribution member 240, the guide switching unit 267 is in a jackpot state in a game machine of a round automatic transition type, when a predetermined different guidance condition is satisfied (for example, a round automatic transition type gaming machine). In each round period), the game ball B from the opening / closing entry portion 220 is guided to another passage 265, and in other cases (a normal state period other than the jackpot state), the first distribution member 230 and the first distribution member 230. Since it is switched so as to be guided to the two distribution members 240, the time in each round period in the round automatic transition type gaming machine, that is, the time taken regardless of the acquisition of the next round can be reduced, and the feeling of extension during the jackpot production can be reduced. , You can quickly move to the next game, and you can solve the problem of waiting unnecessarily even though the profit you get does not change. Further, the game ball B does not collide with the regulating member 312, and the useful life of the regulating member 312 can be extended.

また、ホール側(遊技場側)にとってみれば、次ラウンド獲得に無関係にかかっていた時間を低減でき、その低減した時間分、遊技機の実質的な稼働率を上げることができる。 Further, for the hall side (game hall side), the time taken regardless of the acquisition of the next round can be reduced, and the substantially operating rate of the gaming machine can be increased by the reduced time.

さらに、所定の別案内条件成立の場合(ラウンド自動移行タイプの遊技機での大当たり状態の全ラウンド期間)では、遊技球Bは、第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240とは別の経路の別通路265を通じて、第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240よりも速く特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262の方に案内されるので、第2振り分け部材240の動作停止に起因する遊技球Bの停留の問題も生じないし、残存球処理の発生を低減できる。つまり、ラウンド自動移行タイプの遊技機での大当たり状態の全ラウンド時において、第2振り分け部材240の動作を停止させるわけではないので、その停止状態の第2振り分け部材240によって遊技球Bが入賞装置40の内部に予期せぬ状態で停留してしまうことに起因する不本意な残存球処理の発生という問題を解消できる。 Further, in the case where a predetermined separate guidance condition is satisfied (the entire round period of the jackpot state in the round automatic transition type gaming machine), the game ball B has a different route from the first sorting member 230 and the second sorting member 240. Since the guide is guided to the specific winning section 260 (V zone) or the normal winning section 262 faster than the first sorting member 230 and the second sorting member 240 through the separate passage 265, the operation of the second sorting member 240 is stopped. The problem of stopping of the gaming ball B due to this does not occur, and the occurrence of residual ball processing can be reduced. That is, since the operation of the second distribution member 240 is not stopped during all rounds in the jackpot state in the round automatic transition type gaming machine, the game ball B is a winning device by the second distribution member 240 in the stopped state. It is possible to solve the problem of unintentional residual ball processing caused by the unexpected staying inside the 40.

その結果、入賞装置40内への遊技球Bの入球から排出までの時間が次ラウンド獲得に無関係にかかることを低減でき、遊技機の稼働率を向上でき、且つ、残存球処理の発生を低減できる遊技機を提供することができる。 As a result, it is possible to reduce the time from the entry of the gaming ball B into the winning device 40 to the ejection of the gaming ball B regardless of the acquisition of the next round, the operating rate of the gaming machine can be improved, and the remaining ball processing is generated. It is possible to provide a gaming machine that can be reduced.

また、別案内条件成立の場合(ラウンド自動移行タイプの遊技機での大当たり状態の全ラウンド期間)においても、第2振り分け部材240がその駆動動作を継続しているので、かかる別案内条件成立の直前に第2振り分け部材240に存する遊技球Bを滞留後に出力することになり、ラウンド自動移行タイプの遊技機での全ラウンド時においても、第2振り分け部材240の動作を停止させるわけではないので、その停止状態の第2振り分け部材240によって遊技球Bが入賞装置40の内部に予期せぬ状態で停留してしまうことに起因する不本意な残存球処理の発生という問題を解消できる。 Further, even when the separate guidance condition is satisfied (the entire round period of the jackpot state in the round automatic transition type gaming machine), the second distribution member 240 continues its driving operation, so that the separate guidance condition is satisfied. Since the game ball B existing in the second distribution member 240 immediately before is output after staying, the operation of the second distribution member 240 is not stopped even at the time of all rounds in the round automatic transition type gaming machine. The problem of unintentional residual ball processing caused by the game ball B being stopped inside the winning device 40 in an unexpected state by the second distribution member 240 in the stopped state can be solved.

また、入賞装置40は、第1振り分け部材230と第2振り分け部材240で滞留された遊技球Bが移動可能で特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262のいずれかに案内するステージ250を備え、別通路265は、開閉入球部220から入球された遊技球Bを第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240よりも速くステージ250に案内するので、遊技者は、別通路265を通った遊技球Bをステージ250上で視認することができ、入賞装置40に入球した遊技球Bを確認することができる。 Further, the winning device 40 is a stage 250 in which the game ball B retained in the first sorting member 230 and the second sorting member 240 is movable and is guided to either the specific winning section 260 (V zone) or the normal winning section 262. The separate passage 265 guides the game ball B entered from the opening / closing entry portion 220 to the stage 250 faster than the first distribution member 230 and the second distribution member 240, so that the player can use the separate passage 265. The game ball B that has passed through can be visually recognized on the stage 250, and the game ball B that has entered the winning device 40 can be confirmed.

また、開閉入球部220から入球した遊技球Bを第1振り分け部材230に導く導入通路部222を備え、この導入通路部222の所定箇所での底面部分に開閉自在な開閉部224aを備え、この開閉部224aは、開状態となると遊技球Bが落下可能な大きさの開口が形成され、閉状態において遊技球Bがそのまま通過するものであり、別通路265は、その入力側が開閉部224aの開口に連通されるとともに、その出力側がステージ250上に開口された垂下通路であるとしているので、かかる垂下通路内に遊技球Bが滞ることなく迅速にステージ250に供給され、別通路265を起因とする遊技球Bの停留が生じることがない。 Further, an introduction passage portion 222 for guiding the game ball B entered from the opening / closing entry portion 220 to the first distribution member 230 is provided, and an opening / closing portion 224a that can be opened / closed is provided on the bottom surface portion of the introduction passage portion 222 at a predetermined position. The opening / closing portion 224a has an opening having a size that allows the game ball B to fall when it is in the open state, and the game ball B passes through the opening / closing portion 245 as it is in the closed state. Since it is communicated to the opening of 224a and its output side is a hanging passage opened on the stage 250, the game ball B is quickly supplied to the stage 250 without stagnation in the hanging passage, and the other passage 265. The game ball B does not stop due to the above.

また、ステージ250は、第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240で滞留された遊技球Bが転動可能な転動領域251を備え、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262とは転動領域251の一方側に設けられ、ステージ250は、転動領域251での一方側方向に対して直交する当該転動領域251の幅方向に連なる山部252を当該転動領域251に発生させるとともに、当該山部252を転動領域251の下流方向に移動させることでこの転動領域251を波立たせる波立ち発生機構部253を備え、別案内条件成立の場合に、波立ち発生機構部253による転動領域251での山部252を当該転動領域251での別通路265の出力側の開口が投影される部分の上流側位置で保持させるように制御する保持制御部293を備えているので、垂下通路を落下して転動領域251に供給された遊技球Bは、山部252により転動領域251の上流に向かうことが抑制され、むしろ下流方向に向かわせることができ、迅速に転動領域251を流下させることができる。 Further, the stage 250 includes a rolling region 251 on which the game ball B retained in the first sorting member 230 and the second sorting member 240 can roll, and the specific winning section 260 (V zone) or the normal winning section 262. Is provided on one side of the rolling region 251 and the stage 250 has a mountain portion 252 extending in the width direction of the rolling region 251 orthogonal to one side direction in the rolling region 251 to the rolling region 251. A wave generation mechanism unit 253 is provided which causes the mountain portion 252 to be generated and causes the rolling region 251 to undulate by moving the mountain portion 252 in the downstream direction of the rolling region 251. A holding control unit 293 for controlling the mountain portion 252 in the rolling region 251 by 253 to be held at the upstream position of the portion where the output side opening of the separate passage 265 in the rolling region 251 is projected is provided. Therefore, the game ball B that has fallen down the hanging passage and is supplied to the rolling region 251 is suppressed from being directed toward the upstream of the rolling region 251 by the mountain portion 252, but rather can be directed toward the downstream direction, and is rapid. The rolling region 251 can be made to flow down.

また、入賞装置40は、開閉入球部220を通じて本体部材210内への遊技球Bの入球を検出する入球検出センサ221と、本体部材210からの遊技球Bの出力を検出するV検出センサ43および検出センサ44を備え、入出力球数判定部290は、入球検出センサ221での入球検出数とV検出センサ43および検出センサ44での出球検出数とが一致しているか否かを判定し、開禁止制御部292は、入出力球数判定部290で不一致と判定されている間は、第1始動口31または第2始動口33に遊技球Bが入球しても開閉入球部220を開状態としないので、残存球処理を好適に行うことができる。 Further, the winning device 40 includes a ball entry detection sensor 221 that detects the entry of the game ball B into the main body member 210 through the opening / closing entry section 220, and V detection that detects the output of the game ball B from the main body member 210. The input / output ball number determination unit 290 includes the sensor 43 and the detection sensor 44, and does the input / output ball number determination unit 290 match the number of ball entry detected by the ball entry detection sensor 221 and the number of ball exit detection by the V detection sensor 43 and the detection sensor 44? While it is determined whether or not the open prohibition control unit 292 is inconsistent with the input / output ball number determination unit 290, the game ball B enters the first start port 31 or the second start port 33. Since the open / close ball entry portion 220 is not opened, the residual ball treatment can be suitably performed.

また、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)は遊技球Bの入球を検出するV検出センサ43を備え、普通入賞部262は遊技球Bの入球を検出する検出センサ44を備え、V検出センサ43と検出センサ44とによって本体部材210からの遊技球Bの出力を検出するので、V検出センサ43および検出センサ44は、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)や普通入賞部262への入球検出以外に、本体部材210からの遊技球Bの出力検出を兼用することができ、V検出センサ43および検出センサ44とは別個に残存球処理専用の検出センサ等を設ける必要が無く、残存球処理を省スペースで実現することができる。 Further, the specific winning unit 260 (V zone) includes a V detection sensor 43 for detecting the entry of the game ball B, and the normal winning unit 262 includes a detection sensor 44 for detecting the entry of the game ball B, and the V detection sensor. Since the output of the game ball B from the main body member 210 is detected by the 43 and the detection sensor 44, the V detection sensor 43 and the detection sensor 44 detect the entry into the specific winning section 260 (V zone) or the normal winning section 262. In addition, the output detection of the game ball B from the main body member 210 can also be used, and it is not necessary to provide a detection sensor or the like dedicated to the remaining ball processing separately from the V detection sensor 43 and the detection sensor 44, and the remaining ball processing Can be realized in a small space.

また、表示装置60と入賞装置40とを、遊技盤30の遊技領域30aの幅方向の中央個所で縦方向に並べて配置しているので、表示装置60の表示画面61の一部分が入賞装置40内の駆動体42(可動役物)の背後に隠れてしまうようなことがなく、表示画面61を見易くできるし、入賞装置40が横方向に大きくなるようなことや、遊技領域が狭くなるようなこともなく、遊技領域を確保できる。 Further, since the display device 60 and the winning device 40 are arranged vertically side by side at the central position in the width direction of the game area 30a of the game board 30, a part of the display screen 61 of the display device 60 is inside the winning device 40. The display screen 61 can be easily seen without being hidden behind the drive body 42 (movable accessory), the winning device 40 becomes larger in the lateral direction, and the game area becomes narrower. It is possible to secure a game area without any problems.

また、入賞装置40の開閉入球部220よりも上方に表示装置60を備えているので、演出表示をする表示装置60を見た後にそれよりも下方の開閉入球部220に視線移動をする、つまり球の流れに視線移動しており、開閉入球部220への入球の有無を容易に見ることができ、表示装置60での演出表示と開閉入球部220への入球の有無とが見易くできる。 Further, since the display device 60 is provided above the opening / closing entry section 220 of the winning device 40, the line of sight is moved to the opening / closing entry section 220 below the display device 60 for displaying the effect. That is, the line of sight is moving to the flow of the ball, and it is possible to easily see whether or not the ball has entered the opening / closing entry section 220. Can be easily seen.

また、本体部材210での排出部94の直下箇所に設けられており、第1状態(入球制限状態)では、センターフレーム90の排出部94からの遊技球Bが入球可能であり、且つ、遊技領域30aでのセンターフレーム90の外部を流下する遊技球Bの入球が困難(あるいは不可としてもよい)となっており、第1始動口31または第2始動口33に遊技球Bが入球したことに基づいて第1状態(入球制限状態)よりも開いた第2状態(入球制限解除状態、例えば開状態)となり、この第2状態(入球制限解除状態、例えば開状態)では、排出部94からの遊技球Bが入球可能であり、且つ、センターフレーム90の外部を流下する遊技球Bが第1状態(入球制限状態)よりも入球し易くなっている。したがって、センターフレーム90に入球した遊技球Bを確実に入賞装置40内に案内でき、開閉入球部220が第2状態(入球制限解除状態)の場合には、センターフレーム90の外部を流下する遊技球Bの入球も可能となる遊技を提供することができる。 Further, it is provided at a position directly below the discharge portion 94 of the main body member 210, and in the first state (ball entry restricted state), the game ball B from the discharge portion 94 of the center frame 90 can enter the ball. , It is difficult (or may not be possible) for the game ball B flowing down the outside of the center frame 90 in the game area 30a, and the game ball B is placed in the first start port 31 or the second start port 33. Based on the ball entering, the second state (ball entry restriction release state, for example, open state) is opened from the first state (ball entry restriction state), and this second state (ball entry restriction release state, for example, open state) is obtained. In), the game ball B from the discharge unit 94 can enter, and the game ball B flowing down the outside of the center frame 90 is easier to enter than in the first state (entry restricted state). .. Therefore, the game ball B that has entered the center frame 90 can be reliably guided into the winning device 40, and when the opening / closing entry portion 220 is in the second state (the entry restriction release state), the outside of the center frame 90 can be moved. It is possible to provide a game in which the flowing game ball B can also enter.

その結果、表示画面61が見易く、遊技領域30aを確保でき、しかも入賞装置40への入球と表示画面61の表示情報とを同時に見ることができる遊技機を提供することができる。 As a result, it is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the display screen 61 is easy to see, the game area 30a can be secured, and the ball entering the winning device 40 and the display information on the display screen 61 can be viewed at the same time.

また、センターフレーム90の排出部94と入賞装置40の開閉入球部220とが別体で個別に遊技盤30に取り付けられる構成の場合では排出部94と開閉入球部220との位置関係が両者の遊技盤30への取り付け精度により変化してしまうが、センターフレーム90と入賞装置40とは一体的に形成されたものであるので、排出部94と開閉入球部220との位置関係が両者の遊技盤30への取り付け精度により変化するということが無く、両者の取付位置調整も不要であり、取付作業性に優れる。 Further, in the case where the discharge portion 94 of the center frame 90 and the opening / closing entry portion 220 of the winning device 40 are separately attached to the game board 30, the positional relationship between the discharge portion 94 and the opening / closing entry portion 220 is different. Although it varies depending on the mounting accuracy of both to the game board 30, since the center frame 90 and the winning device 40 are integrally formed, the positional relationship between the discharging portion 94 and the opening / closing entry portion 220 is different. It does not change depending on the mounting accuracy of both game boards 30, does not require adjustment of the mounting positions of both, and is excellent in mounting workability.

また、遊技盤30を正面視した状態でセンターフレーム90と入賞装置40との間の両側に、センターフレーム90および入賞装置40の横幅よりも小さい幅としたくびれ部201を備えているので、そのくびれ部201を形成している分だけ遊技領域30aを広くすることができる。つまり、センターフレーム90と入賞装置40との間のくびれ部201まで遊技球Bが流下して来ることがある。また、開閉入球部220はくびれ部201に設けられているので、表示装置60の表示画面61と、その表示画面61直下のくびれ部201に設けられた開閉入球部220に遊技球Bが入球するか否かの過程とを同時に見ることが容易になり、表示装置60の表示画面61に遊技者を注視させたとしても、入賞装置40への入球有無過程の見落としが低減できる。 Further, since the constricted portions 201 having a width smaller than the width of the center frame 90 and the winning device 40 are provided on both sides between the center frame 90 and the winning device 40 when the game board 30 is viewed from the front. The game area 30a can be widened by the amount that the constricted portion 201 is formed. That is, the game ball B may flow down to the constricted portion 201 between the center frame 90 and the winning device 40. Further, since the opening / closing entry portion 220 is provided in the constricted portion 201, the game ball B is provided in the display screen 61 of the display device 60 and the opening / closing entry portion 220 provided in the constricted portion 201 immediately below the display screen 61. It becomes easy to see the process of whether or not to enter the ball at the same time, and even if the player is watched on the display screen 61 of the display device 60, it is possible to reduce the oversight of the process of whether or not to enter the winning device 40.

また、開閉入球部220は、遊技球Bが入球可能な開口41eと、この開口41eの両側で横方向に並んだ一対の羽根41a,41bを備え、この一対の羽根41a,41bはその下端側の軸部41cを軸心として先端側が互いに離れるように回動して開くことで遊技領域30aでのセンターフレーム90の外部を流下する遊技球Bが入球可能な第2状態(入球制限解除状態)と、一対の羽根41a,41b逆に、その軸部41cを軸心として先端側が互いに近づくように回動して閉じることで当該開口41eを閉じる閉状態とに変移可能なものである。また、一対の羽根41a,41bが軸部41cを軸心として先端側が第2状態(入球制限解除状態)よりも互いに近づくように回動した第1状態(入球制限状態)とに変移可能なものである。したがって、センターフレーム90に入球した遊技球Bを開閉入球部220の第1状態および第2状態に依らずに確実に入賞装置40内に案内でき、開閉入球部220が第2状態(入球制限解除状態)の場合には、センターフレーム90の外部を流下する遊技球Bの入球も可能となる開閉入球部220を好適に実現することができる。 Further, the opening / closing entry portion 220 includes an opening 41e into which the game ball B can enter, and a pair of blades 41a and 41b arranged laterally on both sides of the opening 41e, and the pair of blades 41a and 41b are the same. A second state in which the game ball B flowing down the outside of the center frame 90 in the game area 30a can enter by rotating and opening so that the tip side is separated from each other with the shaft portion 41c on the lower end side as the axis. A pair of blades 41a and 41b can be changed to a closed state in which the opening 41e is closed by rotating and closing the pair of blades 41a and 41b so that the tip sides approach each other with the shaft portion 41c as the axis. be. Further, the pair of blades 41a and 41b can be transferred to the first state (ball entry restriction state) in which the tip side is rotated so as to be closer to each other than the second state (ball entry restriction release state) with the shaft portion 41c as the axis. It is a thing. Therefore, the game ball B that has entered the center frame 90 can be reliably guided into the winning device 40 regardless of the first and second states of the opening / closing entry portion 220, and the opening / closing entry portion 220 is in the second state (the opening / closing entry portion 220). In the case of the ball entry restriction release state), the opening / closing entry portion 220 capable of entering the game ball B flowing down the outside of the center frame 90 can be suitably realized.

また、遊技領域30aは、その正面視で略縦長楕円形(あるいは円形、略円形、楕円形、長円形、略長円形などとしてもよい)となっており、くびれ部201は、遊技領域30aの正面視で横幅が最も大きい部分に位置しているので、表示装置60や入賞装置40の横幅は最大限に確保しながら、一対の可動部(羽根41a,41b)が開状態となってもその羽根41a,41bはセンターフレーム90および入賞装置40の横幅以内に止まっていることから、羽根41a,41bの可動によって遊技領域幅が狭くなることもなく、遊技領域30aの遊技球Bの流下態様によっても面白味を付与できる構成とすることができる。 Further, the game area 30a has a substantially vertically elongated ellipse shape (or may be a circle, a substantially circular shape, an ellipse shape, an oval shape, a substantially oval shape, etc.) in the front view thereof, and the constricted portion 201 is the game area 30a. Since it is located in the portion where the width is the largest when viewed from the front, the width of the display device 60 and the winning device 40 is secured to the maximum, and even if the pair of movable parts (blades 41a, 41b) are opened. Since the blades 41a and 41b are stopped within the width of the center frame 90 and the winning device 40, the width of the game area is not narrowed by the movement of the blades 41a and 41b, and the flow mode of the game ball B in the game area 30a Can be configured to be interesting.

この発明は、上記実施形態に限られることはなく、同様の効果を奏する別の構成としてもよく、例えば下記のように変形実施することができる。 The present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and may be another configuration having the same effect, and can be modified and implemented as follows, for example.

(1)上述した実施例では、第2振り分け部材240は不透明部材としているが、第2振り分け部材240を透明部材または半透明部材としてもよい。この場合には、ステージ250の転動領域251を転動する遊技球Bが第2振り分け部材240下を通る際も完全に隠れてしまうことがなく、その後に第2振り分け部材240下から現れて、特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)に入球する否かの様子を遊技者が見ることがあり、遊技球Bの転動を見失わずに確認することができる。 (1) In the above-described embodiment, the second sorting member 240 is an opaque member, but the second sorting member 240 may be a transparent member or a translucent member. In this case, the game ball B rolling in the rolling region 251 of the stage 250 is not completely hidden even when passing under the second sorting member 240, and then appears from under the second sorting member 240. The player may see whether or not the ball enters the specific winning unit 260 (V zone), and the rolling of the game ball B can be confirmed without losing sight of it.

(2)上述した実施例では、波立ち発生機構部253による転動領域251の山部252の往復移動と、駆動機構部270による第2振り分け部材240の略二山状揺動とをそれぞれ独立して行っており、両者を非同期としているが、同期させるようにしてもよい。また、上述した実施例では、第2振り分け部材240の略二山状揺動の一周期よりも山部252の往復移動の一周期の方が長くなっているが、その逆の関係としたり、両者を同一周期としたりしてもよい。 (2) In the above-described embodiment, the reciprocating movement of the mountain portion 252 of the rolling region 251 by the wave-generating mechanism unit 253 and the substantially bi-mountain-like swing of the second distribution member 240 by the drive mechanism unit 270 are independent of each other. Although both are asynchronous, they may be synchronized. Further, in the above-described embodiment, one cycle of the reciprocating movement of the mountain portion 252 is longer than one cycle of the substantially bifurcated swing of the second distribution member 240, but the relationship may be the opposite. Both may have the same cycle.

(3)上述した実施例では、振り分け手段として、図27に示すような形状および構造の第2振り分け部材240を採用しているが、転動領域251の幅方向に少なくとも振り分け出力するものであれば種々の形状および構造のものを採用してもよい。 (3) In the above-described embodiment, the second sorting member 240 having the shape and structure as shown in FIG. 27 is adopted as the sorting means, but at least the sorting output is performed in the width direction of the rolling region 251. For example, various shapes and structures may be adopted.

(4)上述した実施例では、ラウンド自動移行タイプのパチンコ機の場合を例に挙げて説明しており、別案内条件成立として、例えば、ラウンド自動移行タイプのパチンコ機での全ラウンド期間において、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bを別通路265に案内するようにしているが、V継続タイプのパチンコ機を採用した場合には、別案内条件成立として、例えば、V継続タイプの遊技機での最終ラウンド期間のみにおいて、開閉入球部220からの遊技球Bを別通路265に案内するようにしてもよい。この場合には、V継続タイプの遊技機での最終ラウンド期間において、次ラウンド獲得に無関係にかかっている時間を低減でき、大当り演出の間延び感を低減でき、次の遊技に素早く移行でき、得られる利益が変わらないのに不必要に待たされる問題を解消できる。 (4) In the above-described embodiment, the case of a round automatic transition type pachinko machine is described as an example, and as a separate guidance condition is satisfied, for example, in the entire round period of the round automatic transition type pachinko machine. The game ball B from the opening / closing entry portion 220 is guided to the separate passage 265, but when a V-continuation type pachinko machine is adopted, the separate guidance condition is satisfied, for example, the V-continuation type game machine. The gaming ball B from the opening / closing entry portion 220 may be guided to the separate passage 265 only during the final round period in. In this case, in the final round period of the V continuation type gaming machine, the time taken regardless of the acquisition of the next round can be reduced, the feeling of delay in the jackpot production can be reduced, and the next game can be quickly transferred to the profit. You can solve the problem of waiting unnecessarily even though the profits you receive do not change.

(5)上述した実施例では、センターフレーム90と入賞装置40とは一体的に形成された遊技ユニット200を採用しているが、図32に示すように、センターフレーム90と入賞装置40とは、その両者間を遊技球Bが横方向に通過可能なように当該センターフレーム90と入賞装置40を間隔を空けて配設してもよい。この場合には、センターフレーム90と入賞装置40とは、その両者の間を遊技球Bが横方向に通過可能なように当該センターフレーム90および入賞装置40を間隔を空けて配設しているので、遊技盤30の左側を流下する遊技球Bがセンターフレーム90と入賞装置40との間を通って遊技盤30の右側に流下していくことや、それとは逆に右から左に流下していくことができ、さらに多様性のある遊技盤を提供することができる。 (5) In the above-described embodiment, the game unit 200 integrally formed with the center frame 90 and the winning device 40 is adopted, but as shown in FIG. 32, the center frame 90 and the winning device 40 are The center frame 90 and the winning device 40 may be arranged at intervals so that the game ball B can pass laterally between the two. In this case, the center frame 90 and the winning device 40 are arranged with a space between the center frame 90 and the winning device 40 so that the game ball B can pass laterally between the center frame 90 and the winning device 40. Therefore, the game ball B flowing down on the left side of the game board 30 passes between the center frame 90 and the winning device 40 and flows down to the right side of the game board 30, and conversely, flows down from right to left. It is possible to provide a more diverse game board.

(6)上述した実施例では、センターフレーム90の排出部94からの遊技球Bは、開閉入球部220の第1状態(入球制限状態)または第2状態(入球制限解除状態)に依らずに当該開閉入球部220に入球するものを採用しているが、開閉入球部220の第1状態(入球制限状態)には、遊技球Bが入球不可に閉じた状態とし、第2状態(入球制限解除状態)となることで遊技球Bが入球可能となるものを採用していもよい。 (6) In the above-described embodiment, the game ball B from the ejection portion 94 of the center frame 90 is in the first state (ball entry restriction state) or the second state (ball entry restriction release state) of the opening / closing entry portion 220. A ball that enters the open / close entry unit 220 is adopted regardless of the above, but in the first state (entry restricted state) of the open / close entry section 220, the game ball B is closed so that the ball cannot enter. Therefore, it is possible to adopt a ball that allows the game ball B to enter the ball in the second state (the state in which the entry restriction is released).

(7)上述した実施例では、別通路265は、遊技球Bを第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240を介さずにステージ250に供給しているが、遊技球Bを第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240を介さずに且つステージ250に供給することなく入賞装置40の外部に排出するようにしてもよい。 (7) In the above-described embodiment, the separate passage 265 supplies the game ball B to the stage 250 without passing through the first distribution member 230 and the second distribution member 240, but the game ball B is supplied to the first distribution member. It may be discharged to the outside of the winning device 40 without going through the 230 and the second sorting member 240 and without supplying the stage 250.

(8)上述した実施例では、入賞装置40内のV検出センサ43と検出センサ44とによって当該入賞装置40の出球数を検出しているが、次のような構成としてもよい。つまり、遊技盤30は、その背面側に、入賞装置40の特定入賞部260(Vゾーン)または普通入賞部262に入球された遊技球Bを集めて排出する排出通路を有する集合板を備え、この集合板は、その排出通路に、遊技球の通過を検出する通過検出手段(遊技球検出センサ、例えば、近接センサなど)を備え、出球検出手段は、前記通過検出手段によって本体部材210からの遊技球の出力を検出するようにしてもよい。この場合には、集合板の排出通路に設けられた通過検出手段によって、本体部材210からの遊技球の出力が検出でき、残存球処理を好適に行うことができる。 (8) In the above-described embodiment, the number of balls to be ejected from the winning device 40 is detected by the V detection sensor 43 and the detection sensor 44 in the winning device 40, but the following configuration may be used. That is, the game board 30 is provided with a collecting plate on the back side thereof having a discharge passage for collecting and discharging the game balls B entered in the specific winning section 260 (V zone) of the winning device 40 or the normal winning section 262. The collecting plate is provided with a passage detecting means (game ball detecting sensor, for example, a proximity sensor) for detecting the passage of a game ball in its discharge passage, and the exiting ball detecting means is a main body member 210 by the passing detecting means. The output of the game ball from may be detected. In this case, the output of the game ball from the main body member 210 can be detected by the passage detecting means provided in the discharge passage of the collecting plate, and the residual ball processing can be suitably performed.

(9)上述した実施例では、滞留手段として第1振り分け部材230および第2振り分け部材240を採用しているが、第1振り分け部材230と第2振り分け部材240との一方だけとしてもよいし、固定式、可動式を問わず遊技球Bを滞留させる種々の構成を採用してもよい。例えば、導入通路部222とステージ250とを直接結ぶ直線経路よりも長い経路の蛇行通路や一方向経路部やクルーン(孔が開いた皿状の役物)などが挙げられる。 (9) In the above-described embodiment, the first distribution member 230 and the second distribution member 240 are adopted as the retention means, but only one of the first distribution member 230 and the second distribution member 240 may be used. Various configurations may be adopted in which the game ball B is retained regardless of whether it is a fixed type or a movable type. For example, a meandering passage having a longer route than a straight route directly connecting the introduction passage portion 222 and the stage 250, a one-way passage portion, a crune (a dish-shaped accessory having a hole), and the like can be mentioned.

(10)上述した実施例では、一対の羽根41a,41bは、第1始動口31または第2始動口33への入球に基づいて、所定の開放(本実施例では、第1始動口31への入球では例えば2秒間の1回開き、第2始動口33への入球では例えば2秒間の1回開きを連続2回行う)がされるようになっているが、第1始動口31または第2始動口33への入球に基づいて開放抽選を行うようにしてもよいし、回数や時間を任意の値としてもよい。 (10) In the above-described embodiment, the pair of blades 41a and 41b are opened in a predetermined manner based on the entry of the ball into the first starting port 31 or the second starting port 33 (in this embodiment, the first starting port 31). For example, when entering the ball, it is opened once for 2 seconds, and when entering the second starting port 33, for example, once opening for 2 seconds is performed twice in succession). The open lottery may be performed based on the entry into the 31 or the second starting port 33, or the number of times and the time may be arbitrary values.

(11)上述した実施例では、波立ち発生機構部253は、図30に示すように、並設された複数本の丸棒体256のうちの一部の丸棒体256をその下方からその長手方向に亘って押し上げる押し上げローラ部材254と、この押し上げローラ部材254を転動領域251の奥行き方向に往復移動させる往復移動機構255とを備えたものとしているが、これらの丸棒体256上にシート状体(例えば、塩化ビニルなどのシート物)を備えるようにしてもよいし、これらの丸棒体256に替えて転動領域251となるシート状体(例えば、塩化ビニルなどのシート物)と、このシート状体を押し上げローラ部材254などのローラで押し上げるようにしてもよいし、突起部(例えば、半円状、円弧状、三角形状など)を有する板部材をスライド移動させることで、複数本の丸棒体256のうちの一部の丸棒体256やシート状体の一部を押し上げるようにすることで移動する山部252を形成するようにしてもよい。 (11) In the above-described embodiment, as shown in FIG. 30, the rippling generation mechanism unit 253 has a length of a part of the round bar 256s arranged side by side from below. A push-up roller member 254 that pushes up in a direction and a reciprocating movement mechanism 255 that reciprocates the push-up roller member 254 in the depth direction of the rolling region 251 are provided. A sheet-like body (for example, a sheet material such as vinyl chloride) may be provided, or a sheet-like body (for example, a sheet material such as vinyl chloride) which becomes a rolling region 251 instead of these round bar bodies 256. , This sheet-like body may be pushed up by a roller such as a push-up roller member 254, or a plurality of plate members having protrusions (for example, semicircular shape, arc shape, triangular shape, etc.) may be slid and moved. A moving mountain portion 252 may be formed by pushing up a part of the round bar body 256 or a part of the sheet-like body of the round bar body 256 of the book.

(12)上述した実施例では、いわゆる1種パチンコ機と2種パチンコ機とを融合したパチンコ機を例に挙げて説明しているが、1種パチンコ機または2種パチンコ機に採用してもよい。 (12) In the above-described embodiment, a pachinko machine in which a so-called type 1 pachinko machine and a type 2 pachinko machine are fused is described as an example, but even if the pachinko machine is adopted as a type 1 pachinko machine or a type 2 pachinko machine. good.

以上のように、この発明は、パチンコ機やスロットマシン等の遊技機に適している。 As described above, the present invention is suitable for gaming machines such as pachinko machines and slot machines.

30 …遊技盤
30a…遊技領域
31 …第1始動口(入球手段)
33 …第2始動口(入球手段)
40 …入賞装置
60 …表示装置(表示手段)
90 …センターフレーム
92 …案内通路部(案内通路)
94 …排出部(排出手段)
210 …本体部材
220 …開閉入球部(入球部、開閉入口部)
230 …第1振り分け部材(振り分け手段、滞留手段)
231 …第1通路(第2振分排出通路)
232 …第2通路(揺動排出通路、第1振分排出通路)
240 …第2振り分け部材(可動式振り分け部材、滞留手段)
250 …ステージ(ステージ部)
260 …特定入賞部(特定入球手段)
262 …普通入賞部(非特定入球手段)
265 …別通路(別案内通路)
267 …案内切替部(案内切替手段)
30 ... Game board 30a ... Game area 31 ... First starting port (ball entry means)
33 ... 2nd starting port (means for entering the ball)
40 ... Winning device 60 ... Display device (display means)
90 ... Center frame 92 ... Guidance passage (guide passage)
94 ... Discharge section (discharge means)
210 ... Main body member 220 ... Opening and closing ball entry part (ball entry part, opening and closing entrance part)
230 ... First sorting member (sorting means, staying means)
231 ... 1st passage (2nd distribution discharge passage)
232 ... Second passage (swing discharge passage, first distribution discharge passage)
240 ... Second sorting member (movable sorting member, retention means)
250 ... Stage (stage part)
260 ... Specific winning section (specific winning means)
262 ... Ordinary winning section (non-specific winning means)
265 ... Separate passage (separate guide passage)
267 ... Guidance switching unit (guidance switching means)

Claims (1)

遊技球が打ち込まれる遊技領域を形成する遊技盤を備えた遊技機において、
前記遊技盤は、遊技球が入球可能な入球手段と、遊技球が入球し易い状態と遊技球が入球し難い状態とに変化する入賞装置とが、前記遊技領域の所定箇所にそれぞれ配設され、
前記入賞装置は、
入球した遊技球の挙動を遊技者に視認させるための内部空間を有する本体部材と、
前記本体部材の所定箇所に設けられた入球部と、
前記本体部材の内部空間に設けられ、前記入球部からの遊技球を振り分けて出力する振り分け手段と、
前記本体部材の内部空間に設けられ、前記振り分け手段で振り分けられた遊技球の入球が可能で、且つ、遊技球の入球することにより遊技者にとって有利な遊技状態の発生の契機となる特定入球部と、
前記本体部材の内部空間に設けられ、前記特定入球部以外の入球部であって前記振り分け手段で振り分けられた遊技球が入球可能な非特定入球部と、
を備え、
前記振り分け手段は、
前記入球部からの遊技球を通過させて前記特定入球部または前記非特定入球部に排出するための第1通路と、
前記第1通路よりも前記特定入球部に入り難く排出するための第2通路と、
前記第1通路の端部に連通された連通部と、
前記連通部に設けられた部材であって、当該部材の所定面に遊技球を接触させることが可能であり少なくとも前記部材の前記所定面を遊技球の進行方向に対して交差する交差箇所に位置することで前記第1通路の所定箇所への遊技球の供給を止める止め状態となり、且つ、前記部材の前記所定面に遊技球を接触させないで通過させることが可能であり少なくとも前記部材の前記所定面を前記交差箇所から遊技球の進行方向に対して交差する方向に退避した退避箇所に位置することで前記第1通路の所定箇所への遊技球の供給を可能とする止め解除状態となる退避部材と、
を備え、
前記遊技機は、前記退避部材が止め解除状態時には前記第1通路に遊技球を案内し、前記退避部材が止め状態時には前記第2通路に遊技球を案内し、前記退避部材は、前記入賞装置が遊技球を入球し難い状態である通常時には前記連通部において止め状態となっている
ことを特徴とする遊技機。
In a gaming machine equipped with a gaming board that forms a gaming area in which a gaming ball is driven.
The game board has a playing ball ball entrance capable ball entrance means, and playing ball winning device ball entrance easy status and game balls you change into a state hardly ball entrance is a predetermined portion of the gaming area Arranged in each
The winning device is
A main body member having an internal space for allowing the player to visually recognize the behavior of the game ball that has entered the ball,
A ball entry portion provided at a predetermined position of the main body member and
A distribution means provided in the internal space of the main body member to distribute and output a game ball from the ball entry portion.
A specific specification provided in the internal space of the main body member, in which a game ball distributed by the distribution means can be entered, and the entry of the game ball triggers the generation of a gaming state advantageous to the player. The entry part and
A non-specific ball entry section provided in the internal space of the main body member, which is a ball entry section other than the specific ball entry section and in which a game ball distributed by the distribution means can enter.
Equipped with
The sorting means is
A first passage for passing a game ball from the ball entry section and discharging the game ball to the specific entry section or the non-specific entry section.
A second passage for discharging the specific ball entry portion more difficultly than the first passage,
A communication portion communicated with the end of the first passage and a communication portion
A member provided in the communication portion, the game ball can be brought into contact with a predetermined surface of the member, and at least the predetermined surface of the member is located at an intersection where the predetermined surface of the member intersects with the traveling direction of the game ball. By doing so, the supply of the game ball to the predetermined portion of the first passage is stopped, and the game ball can be passed through the predetermined surface of the member without contacting the predetermined surface of the member. By locating the surface at the evacuation point where the surface is retracted from the intersection in the direction intersecting the traveling direction of the game ball, the evacuation state is set so that the game ball can be supplied to the predetermined location of the first passage. Members and
Equipped with
The gaming machine guides the game ball to the first passage when the retracting member is in the stopped state, guides the game ball to the second passage when the retracting member is stopped, and the retracting member is the winning device. A gaming machine characterized in that, in a normal state where it is difficult to enter a gaming ball, the communication portion is in a stopped state.
JP2019121864A 2017-05-02 2019-06-28 Pachinko machine Active JP6977919B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019121864A JP6977919B2 (en) 2017-05-02 2019-06-28 Pachinko machine

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017091761A JP6742271B2 (en) 2017-05-02 2017-05-02 Amusement machine
JP2019121864A JP6977919B2 (en) 2017-05-02 2019-06-28 Pachinko machine

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2017091761A Division JP6742271B2 (en) 2017-05-02 2017-05-02 Amusement machine

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2020198365A Division JP2021028048A (en) 2020-11-30 2020-11-30 Game machine

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2019155181A JP2019155181A (en) 2019-09-19
JP6977919B2 true JP6977919B2 (en) 2021-12-08

Family

ID=67992797

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2019121864A Active JP6977919B2 (en) 2017-05-02 2019-06-28 Pachinko machine

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6977919B2 (en)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2019155181A (en) 2019-09-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5504577B2 (en) Game machine
JP2009268745A5 (en)
JP6299790B2 (en) Game machine
JP5353052B2 (en) Game machine
JP5169454B2 (en) Game machine
JP6766842B2 (en) Game machine
JP5725096B2 (en) Game machine
JP6977919B2 (en) Pachinko machine
JP7017157B2 (en) Pachinko machine
JP6315064B2 (en) Game machine
JP7363943B2 (en) gaming machine
JP6194924B2 (en) Game machine
JP6157446B2 (en) Game machine
JP2019217384A5 (en)
JP5338128B2 (en) Game machine
JP5757308B2 (en) Game machine
JP5672298B2 (en) Game machine
JP2021028048A (en) Game machine
JP2021028048A5 (en)
JP2021126555A (en) Game machine
JP6299791B2 (en) Game machine
JP6742271B2 (en) Amusement machine
JP2009268749A (en) Game machine
JP6860035B2 (en) Game machine
JP2009268749A5 (en)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20190724

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20200324

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20200319

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20200525

A02 Decision of refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A02

Effective date: 20200908

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20201130

C60 Trial request (containing other claim documents, opposition documents)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: C60

Effective date: 20201130

A911 Transfer to examiner for re-examination before appeal (zenchi)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A911

Effective date: 20201209

C21 Notice of transfer of a case for reconsideration by examiners before appeal proceedings

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: C21

Effective date: 20201215

A912 Re-examination (zenchi) completed and case transferred to appeal board

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A912

Effective date: 20210108

C211 Notice of termination of reconsideration by examiners before appeal proceedings

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: C211

Effective date: 20210119

C22 Notice of designation (change) of administrative judge

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: C22

Effective date: 20210511

C13 Notice of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: C13

Effective date: 20210622

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20210816

C23 Notice of termination of proceedings

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: C23

Effective date: 20210921

C03 Trial/appeal decision taken

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: C03

Effective date: 20211026

C30A Notification sent

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: C3012

Effective date: 20211026

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20211026

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 6977919

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250